openstack/openstack-manuals
Code Issues Proposed changes
99a8ebe630
openstack-manuals/doc/user-guide/locale/fr.po
OpenStack Proposal Bot b34be315c5 Imported Translations from Transifex 
Change-Id: Icd8aa9e73f60c4a9089377d923cb34678c6b52d3
2014-09-14 06:10:15 +00:00

6659 lines
305 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

#
# Translators:
# Andreas Jaeger <jaegerandi@gmail.com>, 2014
# codegin, 2014
# François Bureau, 2014
# Frédéric <frosmont@free.fr>, 2014
# Frédéric <frosmont@free.fr>, 2014
# Nicolas Lamirault <nicolas.lamirault@gmail.com>, 2013
# Nicolas Lamirault <nicolas.lamirault@gmail.com>, 2013
# Kamel_CW <yamani.kamel@gmail.com>, 2014
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: OpenStack Manuals\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-14 03:02+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-14 01:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: openstackjenkins <jenkins@openstack.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/openstack-manuals-i18n/language/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml7(title)
msgid "Reboot an instance"
msgstr "Redémarrer une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"You can soft or hard reboot a running instance. A soft reboot attempts a "
"graceful shut down and restart of the instance. A hard reboot power cycles "
"the instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml11(para)
msgid "By default, when you reboot a server, it is a soft reboot."
msgstr "Par défaut, quand vous redémarrez un serveur, c'est un redémarrage logiciel."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml12(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml14(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "SERVER"
msgstr "SERVEUR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"To perform a hard reboot, pass the <parameter>--hard</parameter> parameter, "
"as follows:"
msgstr "Pour réaliser un redémarrage matériel, passer le paramètre <parameter>--hard</parameter>, comme cela :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch instances"
msgstr "Lancer les instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml8(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml8(para)
msgid "Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud."
msgstr "Les instances sont des machines virtuelles individuelles qui tournent dans le cloud."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml10(para)
msgid "Before you can launch an instance, gather the following parameters:"
msgstr "Avant de lancer une instance, ramassez les paramètres suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">instance source</emphasis> can be an image, "
"snapshot, or block storage volume that contains an image or snapshot."
msgstr "Une <emphasis role=\"bold\">instance source</emphasis> peut être une image, un instantané ou une volume de stockage par bloc qui contient une image ou instantané."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml19(para)
msgid "A <emphasis role=\"bold\">name</emphasis> for your instance."
msgstr "Un <emphasis role=\"bold\">name</emphasis> pour votre instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">flavor</emphasis> for your instance, which "
"defines the compute, memory, and storage capacity of nova computing "
"instances. A flavor is an available hardware configuration for a server. It "
"defines the size of a virtual server that can be launched."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"Any <emphasis role=\"bold\">user data</emphasis> files. A user data file is "
"a special key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware "
"applications in the guest instance can access. For example, one application "
"that uses user data is the <link "
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit\">cloud-init</link> "
"system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu that is available on "
"various Linux distributions and that handles early initialization of a cloud"
" instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Access and security credentials, which include one or both of the following "
"credentials:"
msgstr "Certificats d'accès et de sécurité, qui incluent un ou plusieurs des certificats suivants :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"bold\">key pair</emphasis> for your instance, which are "
"SSH credentials that are injected into images when they are launched. For "
"the key pair to be successfully injected, the image must contain the "
"<literal>cloud-init</literal> package. Create at least one key pair for each"
" project. If you already have generated a key pair with an external tool, "
"you can import it into OpenStack. You can use the key pair for multiple "
"instances that belong to that project."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"bold\">security group</emphasis> that defines which "
"incoming network traffic is forwarded to instances. Security groups hold a "
"set of firewall policies, known as <emphasis role=\"italic\">security group "
"rules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"If needed, you can assign a <emphasis role=\"bold\">floating (public) IP "
"address</emphasis> to a running instance."
msgstr "Si besoin, vous pouvez assigner une <emphasis role=\"bold\">floating (public) IP address</emphasis> à une instance en cours d'exécution."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"You can also attach a block storage device, or <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">volume</emphasis>, for persistent storage."
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi attacher un périphérique de stockage par bloc, ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">volume</emphasis>, pour un stockage persistant."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml83(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"Instances that use the default security group cannot, by default, be "
"accessed from any IP address outside of the cloud. If you want those IP "
"addresses to access the instances, you must modify the rules for the default"
" security group."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml88(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"You can also assign a floating IP address to a running instance to make it "
"accessible from outside the cloud. See <xref "
"linkend=\"manage_ip_addresses\"/>."
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi attribuer une adresse IP flottante à une instance en cours d'exécution pour la rendre accessible depuis l'extérieur du cloud. Voir <xref linkend=\"manage_ip_addresses\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"After you gather the parameters that you need to launch an instance, you can"
" launch it from an <link linkend=\"launch_from_image\">image</link> or a "
"<link linkend=\"boot_from_volume\">volume</link>. You can launch an instance"
" directly from one of the available OpenStack images or from an image that "
"you have copied to a persistent volume. The OpenStack Image Service provides"
" a pool of images that are accessible to members of different projects."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml102(title)
msgid "Gather parameters to launch an instance"
msgstr "Pour lancer une instance, ramassez les paramètres"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml104(para)
msgid "Before you begin, source the OpenStack RC file."
msgstr "Avant de commencer, lire et exécuter les commandes du fichier OpenStack RC."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml107(para)
msgid "List the available flavors:"
msgstr "Listez les types d'instances disponibles:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml109(para)
msgid "Note the ID of the flavor that you want to use for your instance:"
msgstr "Noter l'ID du type d'instance que vous voulez utiliser pour votre instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml122(para)
msgid "List the available images:"
msgstr "Lister les images disponibles:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml124(para)
msgid "Note the ID of the image from which you want to boot your instance:"
msgstr "Noter l'ID de l'image à partir de laquelle vous voulez démarrer votre instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml132(para)
msgid ""
"You can also filter the image list by using <placeholder-1/> to find a "
"specific image, as follows:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi filtrer la liste des images en utilisant <placeholder-1/> pour trouver une image particulière, comme suit :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml139(para)
msgid "List the available security groups:"
msgstr "Listez les groupes de sécurité disponibles:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"If you are an admin user, specify the <parameter>--all-tenants</parameter> "
"parameter to list groups for all tenants."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml146(para)
msgid ""
"Note the ID of the security group that you want to use for your instance:"
msgstr "Noter l'ID du groupe de sécurité que vous voulez utiliser pour votre instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml152(para)
msgid ""
"If you have not created any security groups, you can assign the instance to "
"only the default security group."
msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas créer de groupe de sécurité, vous ne pourrez qu'assigner l'instance au groupe de sécurité par défaut."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml155(para)
msgid "You can view rules for a specified security group:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez voir les règles pour un groupe de sécurité spécifique :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml160(para)
msgid ""
"List the available key pairs and note the name of the key pair that you use "
"for SSH access."
msgstr "Lister les paires de clefs disponibles et noter le nom de la paire de clef que vous utilisez pour un accès SSH."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml169(title)
msgid "Launch an instance from an image"
msgstr "Lancer une instance depuis une image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml172(para)
msgid ""
"After you gather required parameters, run the following command to launch an"
" instance. Specify the server name, flavor ID, and image ID."
msgstr "Après avoir réunis les paramètres requis, exécuter la commande suivante pour lancer une instance. Spécifier le nom du serveur, l'ID du type d'instance et l'ID de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can provide a key name for access control and a security "
"group for security. You can also include metadata key and value pairs. For "
"example, you can add a description for your server by providing the "
"<parameter>--meta description=\"My Server\"</parameter> parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml182(para)
msgid ""
"You can pass user data in a local file at instance launch by using the "
"<parameter>--user-data <replaceable>USER-DATA-FILE</replaceable></parameter>"
" parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
msgid "FLAVOR_ID"
msgstr "FLAVOR_ID"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE_ID"
msgstr "IMAGE_ID"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml99(replaceable)
msgid "KEY_NAME"
msgstr "KEY_NAME"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "USER_DATA_FILE"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "SEC_GROUP"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "KEY=VALUE"
msgstr "KEY=VALUE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml189(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml15(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml19(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml36(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml41(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml9(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_INSTANCE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"The following command launches the <literal>MyCirrosServer</literal> "
"instance with the <literal>m1.small</literal> flavor (ID of "
"<literal>1</literal>), <literal>cirros-0.3.2-x86_64-uec</literal> image (ID "
"of <literal>397e713c-b95b-4186-ad46-6126863ea0a9</literal>), "
"<literal>default</literal> security group, <literal>KeyPair01</literal> key,"
" and a user data file called <filename>cloudinit.file</filename>:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml203(replaceable)
msgid "myCirrosServer"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml204(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the parameters that you provide, the command returns a list of "
"server properties."
msgstr "Suivant les paramètres que vous fournissez, la commande retourne une liste de propriétés du serveur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml207(para)
msgid ""
"A status of <literal>BUILD</literal> indicates that the instance has "
"started, but is not yet online."
msgstr "L'état <literal>BUILD</literal> indique que l'instance a demarré, mais qu'elle n'est pas en ligne."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"A status of <literal>ACTIVE</literal> indicates that the instance is active."
msgstr "L'état <literal>ACTIVE</literal> indique que l'instance est active."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml242(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the server ID value from the <literal>id</literal> field in the output."
" You use this ID to get details for or delete your server."
msgstr "Copier la valeur de 'ID du serveur depuis le champ <literal>id</literal> dans la sortie. Vous utilisez cette ID pour obtenir des détails ou supprimer votre serveur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml246(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the administrative password value from the <literal>adminPass</literal>"
" field. You use this value to log in to your server."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml250(para)
msgid ""
"You can also place arbitrary local files into the instance file system at "
"creation time by using the <parameter>--file &lt;dst-path=src-"
"path&gt;</parameter> option. You can store up to five files. For example, if"
" you have a special authorized keys file named "
"<filename>special_authorized_keysfile</filename> that you want to put on the"
" instance rather than using the regular SSH key injection, you can use the "
"<parameter>--file</parameter> option as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml267(para)
msgid "Check if the instance is online:"
msgstr "Vérifier que l'instance est en ligne:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml269(para)
msgid ""
"The list shows the ID, name, status, and private (and if assigned, public) "
"IP addresses for all instances in the project to which you belong:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml279(para)
msgid "If the status for the instance is ACTIVE, the instance is online."
msgstr "Si l'état de l'instance est actif, l'instance est en ligne."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml281(para)
msgid ""
"To view the available options for the <placeholder-1/> command, run the "
"following command:"
msgstr "Pour voir les options disponibles pour la <placeholder-1/> commande, exécutez la commande suivante: "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml288(para)
msgid ""
"If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, you can access"
" the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the "
"instance is not possible."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage bare-metal nodes"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"The bare-metal driver for OpenStack Compute manages provisioning of physical"
" hardware by using common cloud APIs and tools such as Orchestration (Heat)."
" The use case for this driver is for single tenant clouds such as a high-"
"performance computing cluster or for deploying OpenStack itself."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"If you use the bare-metal driver, you must create a network interface and "
"add it to a bare-metal node. Then, you can launch an instance from a bare-"
"metal image."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Development efforts are focused on moving the driver out of the Compute code"
" base in the Icehouse release."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"You can list and delete bare-metal nodes. When you delete a node, any "
"associated network interfaces are removed. You can list and remove network "
"interfaces that are associated with a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml21(title)
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "Commandes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml22(para)
msgid "The following commands can be used to manage bare-metal nodes."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml24(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Adds a network interface to a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/>. Lists network interfaces associated with a bare-metal "
"node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml32(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Removes a network interface from a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml36(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Creates a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/>. Removes a bare-metal node and any associated interfaces."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml44(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Lists available bare-metal nodes."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml48(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Shows information about a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml53(title)
msgid "Create a bare-metal node"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"When you create a bare-metal node, your PM address, user name, and password "
"should match those that are configured in your hardware's BIOS/IPMI "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the command and results from creating a node "
"with the PM address <filename>1.2.3.4</filename>, the PM user name "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">ipmi</systemitem>, and password "
"<literal>ipmi</literal>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml81(title)
msgid "Add a network interface to the node:"
msgstr "Ajouter une interface réseau au nœud : "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml82(para)
msgid ""
"For each NIC on the node, you must create an interface, specifying the "
"interface's MAC address."
msgstr "Pour chaque NIC sur le nœud, vous devez créer une interface, spécifiant l'interface de l'adresse MAC."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml94(title)
msgid "Launch an instance from a bare-metal image:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"A bare-metal instance is an instance created directly on a physical machine "
"without any virtualization layer running underneath it. Nova retains power "
"control via IPMI. In some situations, Nova may retain network control via "
"Neutron and OpenFlow."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml109(para)
msgid ""
"Set the <parameter>--availability_zone</parameter> parameter to specify "
"which zone or node to use to start the server. Separate the zone from the "
"host name with a comma. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable)
msgid "HOST"
msgstr "HOST"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable)
msgid "NODE"
msgstr "NŒUD"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>host</literal> is optional for the "
"<literal>--availability_zone</literal> parameter. You can specify simply "
"<literal>zone:,node</literal>. You must still use the comma."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml120(title)
msgid "List bare-metal nodes and interfaces:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml122(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to view all bare-metal nodes and "
"interfaces. When a node is in use, its status includes the UUID of the "
"instance that runs on it:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml132(title)
msgid "Show details for a bare-metal node:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to view the details for a bare-metal node."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml8(title)
msgid "Create and manage stacks"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des piles"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The Orchestration module enables you to orchestrate multiple composite cloud"
" applications. This module supports use of both the Amazon Web Services "
"(AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a Query API that is "
"compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack <glossterm>Heat "
"Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> format through a REST API."
msgstr "Le module Orchestration vous permet d'orchestrer de multiple composés d'applications cloud. Ces modules supportent l'utilisation à la fois du modèle de format d'Amazon Web Services (AWS) à travers une Query API compatible de CloudFormation et le format natif OpenStack <glossterm>Heat Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> à travers une REST API."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml14(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"These flexible template languages enable application developers to describe "
"and automate the deployment of infrastructure, services, and applications. "
"The templates enable creation of most OpenStack resource types, such as "
"instances, floating IP addresses, volumes, security groups, and users. The "
"resources, once created, are referred to as stacks."
msgstr "Ce modèle flexible de langages permet aux développeurs d'application de décrire et d'automatiser le déploiement d'infrastructure, de services et d'applications. Les modèles favorise la création de la plupart des types de ressource OpenStack, comme les instances, les adresses IP flottantes, les volumes, les groupes de sécurité et les utilisateurs. Les ressources, une fois créées, sont référencées comme des piles. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml19(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"The template languages are described in <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/template_guide/index.html\">the"
" Template Guide</link> in the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/\">Heat developer "
"documentation</link>."
msgstr "Les modèles de langages sont décrits dans <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/template_guide/index.html\">Guide des Modèles</link> dans <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/\">Documentation développeur Heat</link>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml25(title)
msgid "Create a stack from an example template file"
msgstr "Créer une pile depuis un modèle de fichier."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"To create a stack, or template, from an <link "
"href=\"https://github.com/openstack/heat-templates\">example template "
"file</link>, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour créer une pile, ou un modèle à partir d'un <link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/heat-templates\">example template file</link>, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml32(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml59(replaceable)
msgid "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES"
msgstr "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
msgid "USERNAME"
msgstr "NOM D'UTILISATEUR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "PASSWORD"
msgstr "MOT DE PASSE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
msgid "HEAT_KEY"
msgstr "HEAT_KEY"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>--parameters</literal> values that you specify depend on the "
"parameters that are defined in the template. If a website hosts the template"
" file, you can specify the URL with the <literal>--template-url</literal> "
"parameter instead of the <literal>--template-file</literal> parameter."
msgstr "Les valeurs des <literal>--paramètres</literal> que vous spécifiez dépendent des paramètres qui sont définis dans le modèle. Si un site héberge le fichier du modèle, vous pouvez spécifier l'URL avec le paramètre <literal>--template-url</literal> au lieu du paramètre <literal>--template-file</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml40(para)
msgid "The command returns the following output:"
msgstr "La commande renvoie la sortie suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml48(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> command to validate a template file "
"without creating a stack from it."
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la <placeholder-1/> commande pour valider le modèle de fichier sans créer une pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"Previous versions of the heat client used <placeholder-1/> instead of "
"<placeholder-2/>, but it has been deprecated in favor of <placeholder-3/>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml58(para)
msgid "To do so, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour ce faire, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml60(para)
msgid "If validation fails, the response returns an error message."
msgstr "Si la validation échoue, la réponse renvoie un message d'erreur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml66(title)
msgid "Get information about stacks"
msgstr "Obtenir des informations sur les piles."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml67(para)
msgid ""
"To explore the state and history of a particular stack, you can run a number"
" of commands."
msgstr "Pour explorer l'état et l'historique des piles de particulier, vous pouvez éxécuter un certain nombre de commande."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml71(para)
msgid ""
"To see which stacks are visible to the current user, run the following "
"command:"
msgstr "Pour voir quels piles sont visibles à l'utilisateur actuel, éxecuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml82(para)
msgid "To show the details of a stack, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour afficher les dérails de la pile, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml87(para)
msgid ""
"A stack consists of a collection of resources. To list the resources and "
"their status, run the following command:"
msgstr "Une pile consiste en un ensemble de ressources. Pour lister les ressources et leurs status, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"To show the details for a specific resource in a stack, run the following "
"command:"
msgstr "Pour afficher les détails d'une ressource spécifique de la pile, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"Some resources have associated metadata which can change throughout the life"
" cycle of a resource. Show the metadata by running the following command:"
msgstr "Certaines ressources sont associées aux métadonnées qui peuvent changer tout au long du cycle de vie d'une ressource. Afficher les métadonnées en exécutant la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"A series of events is generated during the life cycle of a stack. To display"
" life cycle events, run the following command::"
msgstr "Une série d’événements est généré durant le cycle de vie de la pile. Pour afficher les événements du cycle de vie, exécuter la commande suivante: "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml116(para)
msgid "To show the details for a particular event, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour afficher les détails pour un évènement particulier, éxécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml123(title)
msgid "Update a stack"
msgstr "Mise à jour d'une pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"To update an existing stack from a modified template file, run a command "
"like the following command:"
msgstr "Pour mettre à jour une pile existante à partir d'un modèle de fichier modifié, éxécuter une commande comme la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml135(para)
msgid ""
"Some resources are updated in-place, while others are replaced with new "
"resources."
msgstr " Certaines ressources sont mise à jour dans-lieu, tandis que d'autres sont remplacés avec de nouvelle ressources."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage networks"
msgstr "Créez et gérez des réseaux"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenStack Networking service provides a scalable system for managing the"
" network connectivity within an OpenStack cloud deployment. It can easily "
"and quickly react to changing network needs (for example, creating and "
"assigning new IP addresses)."
msgstr "Le service Réseau OpenStack fournit un système évolutif pour la gestion de la connectivité réseau au sein du déploiement d'un cloud OpenStack. Il est facilement et rapidement réactif pour changer les besoins du réseau (par exemple, création et attribution de nouvelles adresses IP). "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Networking in OpenStack is complex. This section provides the basic "
"instructions for creating a network and a router. For detailed information "
"about managing networks, refer to the <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org"
"/admin-guide-cloud/content/ch_networking.html\"><emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">OpenStack Cloud Administrator Guide</emphasis></link>."
msgstr "La gestion du réseau dans OpenStack est complexe. Cette section fournit les instructions de base pour créer un réseau et un routeur. Pour des informations détaillées à propos de la gestion de réseau, se référer à <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-cloud/content/ch_networking.html\"><emphasis role=\"italic\">Guide Administrateur Cloud OpenStack</emphasis></link>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml21(title)
msgid "Create a network"
msgstr "Créer un réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Networks</guibutton>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guibutton>Réseaux</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml28(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Network</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Créer un réseau </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml31(para)
msgid "In the Create Network dialog box, specify the following values."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Réseau, spécifier les valeurs suivantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(guilabel)
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml48(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(th)
msgid "<placeholder-1/> tab"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> tab"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml44(guilabel)
msgid "Network Name"
msgstr "Nom du Réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml45(para)
msgid "Specify a name to identify the network."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour identifier le réseau."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml49(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml154(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet"
msgstr "Sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml52(guilabel)
msgid "Create Subnet"
msgstr "Créer un Sous-Réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml53(para)
msgid "Select this check box to create a subnet"
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour créer un sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"You do not have to specify a subnet when you create a network, but if you do"
" not, any attached instance receives an Error status."
msgstr "Vous n'avez pas à spécifier un sous-réseau quand vous créez un réseau, mais si vous ne le faîtes pas, chaque instance attachée reçoit un statut Erreur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml59(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet Name"
msgstr "Nom du Sous-Réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml60(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the subnet."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour le sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml63(guilabel)
msgid "Network Address"
msgstr "Adresse réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml64(para)
msgid "Specify the IP address for the subnet."
msgstr "Spécifier une adresse IP pour le sous-réseau."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "IP Version"
msgstr "Version IP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml68(para)
msgid "Select IPv4 or IPv6."
msgstr "Sélectionner IPv4 ou IPv6."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml71(guilabel)
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "IP de la passerelle"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"Specify an IP address for a specific gateway. This parameter is optional."
msgstr "Spécifier une adresse IP pour une passerelle spécifique. Ce paramètre est optionnel."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml76(guilabel)
msgid "Disable Gateway"
msgstr "Désactiver la Passerelle"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml77(para)
msgid "Select this check box to disable a gateway IP address."
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour désactiver la passerelle d'adresse IP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet Detail"
msgstr "Détail du Sous-Réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml84(guilabel)
msgid "Enable DHCP"
msgstr "Activer DHCP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml85(para)
msgid "Select this check box to enable DHCP."
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour activer DHCP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml88(guilabel)
msgid "Allocation Pools"
msgstr "Pools d'allocation"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml89(para)
msgid "Specify IP address pools."
msgstr "Spécifier les pools d'adresses IP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml92(guilabel)
msgid "DNS Name Servers"
msgstr "Serveurs DNS"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml93(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the DNS server."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour le serveur DNS."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Host Routes"
msgstr "Routes d'hôte"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml97(para)
msgid "Specify the IP address of host routes."
msgstr "Spécifier les adresses IP des itinéraires des hôtes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml103(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Create</guilabel>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guilabel>Créer</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml104(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the network on the <guilabel>Networks</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre le réseau dans l'onglet <guilabel>Réseaux</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml110(title)
msgid "Create a router"
msgstr "Créer un routeur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Routers</guibutton>."
msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez sur <guibutton>Routeurs</guibutton>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml117(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Router</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Créer un Routeur</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml119(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Router dialog box, specify a name for the router and click "
"<guibutton>Create Router</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Routeur, spécifiez un nom pour le routeur et cliquez sur <guibutton>Créer un Routeur</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml121(para)
msgid ""
"The new router is now displayed in the <guilabel>Routers</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Le nouveau routeur est maintenant affiché dans l'onglet <guilabel>Routeurs</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml125(para)
msgid "Click the new router's <guibutton>Set Gateway</guibutton> button."
msgstr "Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Positionner une passerelle</guibutton> du nouveau routeur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>External Network</guilabel> field, specify the network to "
"which the router will connect, and then click <guibutton>Set "
"Gateway</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans le champ <guilabel>Réseau Externe</guilabel>, spécifier le réseau auquel le routeur va être connecté, et cliquer alors <guibutton>Positionner la passerelle</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml134(para)
msgid ""
"To connect a private network to the newly created router, perform the "
"following steps:"
msgstr "Pour connecter un réseau privé à un réseau nouvellement crée, réalisez les étapes suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml138(para)
msgid "On the <guilabel>Routers</guilabel> tab, click the name of the router."
msgstr "Sur l'onglet <guilabel>Routeurs</guilabel>, cliquez le nom du routeur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml142(para)
msgid "On the Router Details page, click <guilabel>Add Interface</guilabel>."
msgstr "Sur la page Détails du Routeur, cliquez sur <guilabel>Ajout d'une Interface</guilabel>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml146(para)
msgid "In the Add Interface dialog box, specify the following information:"
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Ajout d'une Interface, spécifiez l'information suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml158(para)
msgid "Select a subnet."
msgstr "Sélectionner un sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml163(guilabel)
msgid "IP Address (optional)"
msgstr "Adresse IP (facultatif)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml166(para)
msgid "Enter the router interface IP address for the selected subnet."
msgstr "Entrez l'adresse IP de l'interface du routeur pour le sous-réseau sélectionné."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml168(para)
msgid ""
"Note: If this value is not set, then by default, the first host IP address "
"in the subnet is used by OpenStack Networking."
msgstr "Remarque: Si la valeur n'est pas positionnée, alors par défaut, la première adresse IP hôte dans le sous-réseau est utilisée par OpenStack Networking."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Router Name</guilabel> and <guilabel>Router ID</guilabel> "
"fields are automatically updated."
msgstr "Les champs de <guilabel>Nom Routeur</guilabel> et de <guilabel>ID du Routeur</guilabel> sont automatiquement mis à jour."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml181(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Add Interface</guilabel>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guilabel>Ajout d'une Interface</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml184(para)
msgid ""
"You have successfully created the router. You can view the new topology from"
" the <guilabel>Network Topology</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Vous avez créé avec succès un routeur. Vous pouvez voir la nouvelle topologie dans l'onglet <guilabel>Topologie du Réseau</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml7(title)
msgid "Compute"
msgstr "Calcul"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use the information in this section, you must be familiar with OpenStack "
"Compute."
msgstr "Pour utiliser cette information dans cette partie, vous devez être familier avec OpenStack Compute."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml15(title)
msgid "Set environment variables"
msgstr "Positionner les variables d'environnement"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"To set up environmental variables and authenticate against Compute API "
"endpoints, see <xref linkend=\"sdk_auth\"/>."
msgstr "Pour positionner les variables environnementales et s'authentifier à travers les paramètres de l'API Calcul, voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_auth\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml17(title)
msgid "Get OpenStack credentials (API v2)"
msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants OpenStacks (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml18(para)
msgid "These example use the <code>get_nova_credentials_v2</code> method:"
msgstr "Cet exemple utilise la méthode <code>get_nova_credentials_v2</code>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml28(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml36(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"This code resides in the <filename>credentials.py</filename> file, which all"
" samples import."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_nova_credentials_v2()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "Utiliser la méthode <code>get_nova_credentials_v2()</code> pour remplir et obtenir le dictionnaire:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml37(title)
msgid "List servers (API v2)"
msgstr "Liste des serveurs (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml38(para)
msgid "The following program lists servers by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les serveurs en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml41(title)
msgid "To list servers"
msgstr "Pour lister les serveurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml43(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml85(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml161(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml251(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml338(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml399(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml462(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml246(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml330(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml405(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml455(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml504(para)
msgid "Import the following modules:"
msgstr "Importer les modules suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml48(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml167(para)
msgid ""
"Get Nova credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants Nova. Voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml53(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml96(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml172(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml275(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml358(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml422(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml483(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml259(para)
msgid ""
"Instantiate the <literal>nova_client</literal> client object by using the "
"<literal>credentials</literal> dictionary object:"
msgstr "Instancier l'objet client <literal>nova_client</literal> en utilisant le l'objet dictionnaire <literal>credentials</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"List servers by calling <literal>servers.list</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client</literal> object:"
msgstr "Lister les serveurs en appelant <literal>servers.list</literal> sur l'objet <literal>nova_client</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml67(title)
msgid "List servers code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml79(title)
msgid "Create server (API v2)"
msgstr "Créer un serveur (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"The following program creates a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "Le programmes suivant crée un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml83(title)
msgid "To create a server"
msgstr "Pour créer un serveur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml91(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml353(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml417(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml478(para)
msgid ""
"Get OpenStack credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants OpenStack. Voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"Get the flavor and image to use to create a server. This code uses the "
"<literal>cirros</literal> image, the <literal>m1.tiny</literal> flavor, and "
"the <literal>private</literal> network:"
msgstr "Obtenir le type d'instance et l'image à utiliser pour créer un serveur. Ce code utilise l'image <literal>cirros</literal>, le type d'instance <literal>m1.tiny</literal> et le réseau <literal>private</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml113(para)
msgid "To create the server, use the network, image, and flavor:"
msgstr "Pour créer le serveur, utiliser le réseau, l'image et le type d'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"Sleep for five seconds and determine whether the server/vm was created by "
"calling <literal>nova_client.servers.list()</literal>:"
msgstr "S'endormir pendant cinq secondes et déterminer si le serveur/vm est créé en appelant <literal>nova_client.servers.list()</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml130(title)
msgid "Create server code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml155(title)
msgid "Delete server (API v2)"
msgstr "Supprimer un serveur (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml156(para)
msgid ""
"The following program deletes a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant supprime un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml159(title)
msgid "To delete a server"
msgstr "Pour détruire un serveur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml179(para)
msgid "Determine whether the <literal>vm1</literal> server exists:"
msgstr "Déterminer si le serveur <literal>vm1</literal> existe:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml183(para)
msgid "List servers: <literal>servers_list</literal>."
msgstr "Lister les serveurs: <literal>servers_list</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml187(para)
msgid ""
"Iterate over <literal>servers_list</literal> and compare name with "
"<literal>vm1</literal>."
msgstr "Itérer sur <literal>servers_list</literal> et comparer le nom avec <literal>vm1</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml193(para)
msgid ""
"If true, set the variable name <literal>server_exists</literal> to "
"<literal>True</literal> and break from the for loop:"
msgstr "Si vrai, positionner le nom de la variable <literal>server_exists</literal> à <literal>True</literal> et arrêter la boucle :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"If the server exists, run the <literal>delete</literal> method of the "
"<literal>nova_client.servers</literal> object:"
msgstr "Si le serveur existe, exécuter la méthode <literal>delete</literal> de l'objet <literal>nova_client.servers</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml219(title)
msgid "Delete server code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml245(title)
msgid "Update server (API v2)"
msgstr "Serveur mis à jour (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml246(para)
msgid ""
"The following program updates the name of a server (VM) by using the Compute"
" API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant met à jour le nom d'un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml249(title)
msgid "To update a server"
msgstr "Pour mettre à jour le serveur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml255(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>print_server</literal> is a method defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the server details as shown in the "
"code listing below:"
msgstr "<literal>print_server</literal> est une méthode définie dans <filename>utils.py</filename> et qui imprime les détails du serveur comme décrit dans le code en-dessous:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml270(para)
msgid ""
"Get OpenStack Credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants OpenStack. Voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml282(para)
msgid ""
"Get the server instance using <literal>server_id</literal> and print the "
"details by calling <literal>print_server</literal> method:"
msgstr "Obtenir l'instance du serveur en utilisant <literal>server_id</literal> et imprimer les détails en appelant la méthode <literal>print_server</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml292(para)
msgid ""
"Call <code>server.update</code> on the server object with the new value for "
"<literal>name</literal> variable:"
msgstr "Appeler <code>server.update</code> sur l'objet serveur avec la nouvelle valeur de la variable <literal>name</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml298(para)
msgid "Get the updated instance of the server:"
msgstr "Obtenir l'instance mise à jour du serveur:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml302(para)
msgid ""
"Call <literal>print_server</literal> again to check the update server "
"details:"
msgstr "Appeler à nouveau <literal>print_server</literal> pour vérifier la mise à jour des détails du serveur:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml309(title)
msgid "Update server code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml332(title)
msgid "List flavors (API v2)"
msgstr "Liste des types d'instance (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml333(para)
msgid ""
"The following program lists flavors and their details by using the Compute "
"API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les spécifications et leurs détails en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml336(title)
msgid "To list flavors"
msgstr "Pour lister les types d'instances."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml342(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_flavors</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the flavor details:"
msgstr "La méthode <literal>print_flavors</literal> est définie dans <filename>utils.py</filename> est imprime les détails d'un type d'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml365(para)
msgid ""
"List flavors by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.flavors</literal> object:"
msgstr "Lister les types d'instance en appelant <literal>list()</literal> sur l'objet <literal>nova_client.flavors</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml372(para)
msgid ""
"Print the flavor details, id and name by calling "
"<literal>print_flavors</literal>:"
msgstr "Imprimer les détails, l'ID et le nom d'un type d'instance en appelant <literal>print_flavors</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml378(title)
msgid "List flavors code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml393(title)
msgid "List floating IPs (API v2)"
msgstr "Liste des IP flottantes (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml394(para)
msgid ""
"The following program lists the floating IPs and their details by using the "
"Compute API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les adresses IP et leurs détails en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml397(title)
msgid "To list floating IPs"
msgstr "Pour lister les IP flottantes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml403(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_values_ip</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the floating_ip object details:"
msgstr "La méthode <literal>print_values_ip</literal> est définie dans <filename>utils.py</filename> et affiche les détails de l'objet floating_ip :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml429(para)
msgid ""
"List floating IPs by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.floating_ips</literal> object:"
msgstr "Lister les IP flottantes en appelant <literal>list()</literal> sur l'objet <literal>nova_client.floating_ips</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml436(para)
msgid ""
"Print the floating IP object details by calling "
"<literal>print_values_ip</literal>:"
msgstr "Afficher les détails de l'objet IP flottante en appelant <literal>print_values_ip</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml442(title)
msgid "List floating IPs code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml456(title)
msgid "List hosts (API v2)"
msgstr "Lister les hôtes (API v2)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml457(para)
msgid "The following program lists the hosts by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les hôtes en utilisant Compute API v2."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml460(title)
msgid "To list hosts"
msgstr "Pour lister les hôtes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml466(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_hosts</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the host object details:"
msgstr "La méthode <literal>print_hosts</literal> est définie dans <filename>utils.py</filename> et décrit les détails de l'objet hôte :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml490(para)
msgid ""
"List hosts by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.hosts</literal> object:"
msgstr "Lister les hôtes en appelant <literal>list()</literal> sur l'objet <literal>nova_client.hosts</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml496(para)
msgid ""
"Print the host object details by calling "
"<literal>print_hosts(host_list)</literal>:"
msgstr "Imprimer les détails de l'objet hôte en appelant <literal>print_hosts(host_list)</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml502(title)
msgid "List hosts code listing"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml11(title)
msgid "Launch an instance"
msgstr "Lancer une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch an instance from an image, OpenStack creates a local copy of"
" the image on the compute node where the instance starts."
msgstr "Quand vous démarrez une instance depuis une image, OpenStack crée une copie locale de l'image sur le nœud de calcul d'où l'instance démarre."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml15(para)
msgid "When you launch an instance from a volume, note the following steps:"
msgstr "Quand vous lancez une instance depuis un volume, noter les étapes suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"To select the volume to from which to launch, launch an instance from an "
"arbitrary image on the volume. The image that you select does not boot. "
"Instead, it is replaced by the image on the volume that you choose in the "
"next steps."
msgstr "Pour sélectionner le volume à partir duquel exécuter, lancer une instance d'une image arbitraire sur un volume. L'image que vous avez sélectionnée ne démarre pas, elle est remplacée par une image d'un volume que vous choisissez dans les étapes suivantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"To boot a Xen image from a volume, the image you launch in must be the same "
"type, fully virtualized or paravirtualized, as the one on the volume."
msgstr "Pour démarrer une image Xen depuis une volume, l'image que vous lancez doit être du même type, en virtualisation complète ou paravirtualisé, que celle du volume."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"Select the volume or volume snapshot from which to boot. Enter a device "
"name. Enter <literal>vda</literal> for KVM images or <literal>xvda</literal>"
" for Xen images."
msgstr "Sélectionnez le volume ou l'instantané de volume à partir duquel démarrer. Entrez un nom de périphérique. Entrez <literal>vda</literal> pour une image KVM ou <literal>xvda</literal> pour une image Xen."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml35(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Images</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Images</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the images that have been uploaded to OpenStack Image "
"Service and are available for this project."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord affiche les images qui ont été téléchargé sur le Service d'Image OpenStack et qui sont disponibles pour ce projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"For details on creating images, see <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org"
"/image-guide/content/ch_creating_images_manually.html\">Creating images "
"manually</link> in the <citetitle>OpenStack Virtual Machine Image "
"Guide</citetitle>."
msgstr "Pour les détails sur la création d'images, voir <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/image-guide/content/ch_creating_images_manually.html\">Création manuelle d'images</link> dans le <citetitle>Guide Image d'une Machine Virtuelle d'OpenStack</citetitle>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml46(para)
msgid "Select an image and click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>."
msgstr "Sélectionner une image et cliquer <guibutton> Lancer </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml49(para)
msgid "In the Launch Instance dialog box, specify the following values:"
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Lancer une Instance, spécifier les valeurs suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml62(guilabel)
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Détails"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml61(guilabel)
msgid "Availability Zone"
msgstr "Zone de Disponibilité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"By default, this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud "
"provider (for example, <literal>us-west</literal> or <literal>apac-"
"south</literal>). For some cases, it could be <literal>nova</literal>."
msgstr "Par défaut, cette valeur est positionnée à la zone de disponibilité donnée par le fournisseur du cloud (par exemple, <literal>us-west</literal> ou <literal>apac-south</literal>). Dans certains cas, cela peut être <literal>nova</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml70(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Name"
msgstr "Nom de l'Instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml71(para)
msgid "Assign a name to the virtual machine."
msgstr "Assigner un nom à la machine virtuelle."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"The name you assign here becomes the initial host name of the server. After "
"the server is built, if you change the server name in the API or change the "
"host name directly, the names are not updated in the dashboard."
msgstr "Le nom que vous assignez ici devient le nom de l'hôte initial du serveur. Après la construction du serveur, si vous changez le nom du serveur dans l'API ou changez directement le nom de l'hôte, les noms ne sont pas mis à jour dans le tableau de bord."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"Server names are not guaranteed to be unique when created so you could have "
"two instances with the same host name."
msgstr "Les noms de serveurs ne sont pas garantis d'êtres uniques quand ils sont créés alors vous pouvez avoir deux instances avec le même nom d'hôte."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml83(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml71(guilabel)
msgid "Flavor"
msgstr "Type d'instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml84(para)
msgid "Specify the size of the instance to launch."
msgstr "Spécifier la taille de l'instance à démarrer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"The flavor is selected based on the size of the image selected for launching"
" an instance. For example, while creating an image, if you have entered the "
"value in the <guilabel>Minimum RAM (MB)</guilabel> field as 2048, then on "
"selecting the image, the default flavor is <guilabel>m1.small</guilabel>."
msgstr "Le type d'instance est sélectionnée sur la base de la taille d'image sélectionnée pour exécuter une instance. Par exemple, pendant la création d'une image, si vous avez entré une valeur de 2048 dans le champ <guilabel>RAM Minimum (Mo)</guilabel>, alors à la sélection de l'image, le type d'instance par défaut est <guilabel>m1.small</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml95(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Count"
msgstr "Nombre d'Instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"To launch multiple instances, enter a value greater than 1. The default is "
"1."
msgstr "Pour lancer plusieurs instances, entrer une valeur supérieure à 1. La valeur par défaut est 1."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml100(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Boot Source"
msgstr "Source de l'instance de démarrage."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml101(para)
msgid "Your options are:"
msgstr "Vos options sont:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml104(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from image"
msgstr "Démarrage depuis une image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Image Name</guilabel> "
"displays. You can select the image from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour <guilabel>Nom de l'image</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner une image depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml110(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from snapshot"
msgstr "Démarrage depuis un instantané"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml111(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Instance "
"Snapshot</guilabel> displays. You can select the snapshot from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour <guilabel>Instantané d'Instance</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner un instantané depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml116(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from volume"
msgstr "Démarrage depuis un volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Volume</guilabel> "
"displays. You can select the volume from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour <guilabel>Volume</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner un volume depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml122(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from image (creates a new volume)"
msgstr "Démarrage depuis une image (crée un nouveau volume)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml123(para)
msgid ""
"With this option, you can boot from an image and create a volume by entering"
" the <guilabel>Device Size</guilabel> and <guilabel>Device Name</guilabel> "
"for your volume. Click the <guilabel>Delete on Terminate</guilabel> option "
"to delete the volume on terminating the instance."
msgstr "Avec cette option, vous pouvez démarrer à partir d'une image et créer un volume en entrant la <guilabel>Taille du périphérique</guilabel> et le <guilabel>Nom du périphérique</guilabel> pour votre volume. Cliquer l'option <guilabel>Supprimer à la Fin</guilabel> pour supprimer le volume à la terminaison de l'instance. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml131(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from volume snapshot (creates a new volume)"
msgstr "Démarrage depuis un instantané de volume (crée un nouveau volume)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"Using this option, you can boot from a volume snapshot and create a new "
"volume by choosing <guilabel>Volume Snapshot</guilabel> from a list and "
"adding a <guilabel>Device Name</guilabel> for your volume. Click the "
"<guilabel>Delete on Terminate</guilabel> option to delete the volume on "
"terminating the instance."
msgstr "En utilisant cette option, vous pouvez démarrer à partir de l'instantané d'un volume et créer un nouveau volume en choisissant <guilabel>Instantané d'un Volume Snapshot</guilabel> depuisune liste et en ajoutant un <guilabel>Nom de périphérique</guilabel> pour votre volume. Cliquer sur l'option <guilabel>Supprimer à la fin</guilabel> pour supprimer le volume à la terminaison de l'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml142(para)
msgid ""
"Since you are launching an instance from an image, <guilabel>Boot from "
"image</guilabel> is chosen by default."
msgstr "Puisque vous lancez une instance depuis une image, <guilabel>Démarrer depuis une image</guilabel>est choisi par défaut."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml148(guilabel)
msgid "Image Name"
msgstr "Nom de l'Image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml149(para)
msgid ""
"This field changes based on your previous selection. Since you have chosen "
"to launch an instance using an image, the <guilabel>Image Name</guilabel> "
"field displays. Select the image name from the dropdown list."
msgstr "Ce champ évolue suivant vos précédentes sélections. Puisque vous avez choisi de lancer une instance en utilisant une image le champ <guilabel>Nom de l'Image</guilabel> apparaît. Sélectionner le nom de l'image dans la liste déroulante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(guilabel)
msgid "Access &amp; Security"
msgstr "Accès et Sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml160(guilabel)
msgid "Keypair"
msgstr "Paire de clés"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml161(para)
msgid "Specify a key pair."
msgstr "Spécifier une paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml162(para)
msgid ""
"If the image uses a static root password or a static key set (neither is "
"recommended), you do not need to provide a key pair to launch the instance."
msgstr "Si l'image utilise un mot de passe root fixe ou des clés statiques (aucun des deux n'est recommandé), vous n'avez pas besoin de fournir une paire de clés pour lancer une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml167(guilabel)
msgid "Security Groups"
msgstr "Groupes de Sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml168(para)
msgid "Activate the security groups that you want to assign to the instance."
msgstr "Activer les groupes de sécurité que vous souhaitez attribuer à l'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"Security groups are a kind of cloud firewall that define which incoming "
"network traffic is forwarded to instances. For details, see <xref "
"linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\"/>."
msgstr "Les groupes de sécurités sont une sorte de pare-feu cloud qui définissent quel flux réseau est transmis à l'instance. Pour plus de détails, voir <xref linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml174(para)
msgid ""
"If you have not created any security groups, you can assign only the default"
" security group to the instance."
msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas créer de groupe de sécurité, Vous ne pourrez pas affecter le groupe de sécurité par defaut à l'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml7(title)
msgid "Networking"
msgstr "Réseaux"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml182(guilabel)
msgid "Selected Networks"
msgstr "Réseaux sélectionnés "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml183(para)
msgid ""
"To add a network to the instance, click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> in the "
"<guilabel>Available Networks</guilabel> field."
msgstr "Pour ajouter un réseau à une instance, cliquer sur le <guibutton>+</guibutton> dans le champs <guilabel>Réseaux Disponibles</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(guilabel)
msgid "Post-Creation"
msgstr "Post-Création"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml192(guilabel)
msgid "Customization Script"
msgstr "Script de Personnalisation"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml193(para)
msgid "Specify a customization script that runs after your instance launches."
msgstr "Spécifier un script personnalisé qui s'exécute après les lancements de votre instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(guilabel)
msgid "Advanced Options"
msgstr "Options avancées"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml200(guilabel)
msgid "Disk Partition"
msgstr "Partition Disque"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml201(para)
msgid "Select the type of disk partition from the dropdown list."
msgstr "Sélectionner le type de partition de disque depuis la liste déroulante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml205(guilabel)
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatique"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml207(para)
msgid "Entire disk is single partition and automatically resizes."
msgstr "Le disque entier est une partition unique et automatiquement redimensionné."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml211(guilabel)
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuel"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml213(para)
msgid "Faster build times but requires manual partitioning."
msgstr "Temps de construction plus rapides mais nécessite un partitionnement manuel."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml232(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Lancer</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml233(para)
msgid "The instance starts on a compute node in the cloud."
msgstr "L'instance démarre sur un nœud de calcul dans le cloud."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml236(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Instances</guilabel> tab shows the instance's name, its "
"private and public IP addresses, size, status, task, and power state."
msgstr "L'onglet <guilabel>Instances</guilabel> affiche les noms des instances, leurs adresses privées et publiques, taille, status, tâches, et leur état."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml239(para)
msgid ""
"If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, users can "
"access the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the"
" instance is not possible without an ICMP rule configured. To access the "
"instance through a VNC console, see <xref linkend=\"instance_console\"/>."
msgstr "Si vous ne fournissez pas une paire de clés, des groupes de sécurité ou des règles, les utilisateurs ne peuvent accéder à l'instance uniquement en interne du cloud à travers VNC. Effectuer un ping sur une instance n'est même pas possible sans une règle ICMP configurée. Pour accéder à l'instance à travers une console VNC, voir <xref linkend=\"instance_console\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml7(title)
msgid "Upload and manage images"
msgstr "Téléchargez et gérez les images"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"A virtual machine image, referred to in this document simply as an image, is"
" a single file that contains a virtual disk that has a bootable operating "
"system installed on it. Images are used to create virtual machine instances "
"within the cloud. For information about creating image files, see the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/image-guide/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack"
" Virtual Machine Image Guide</citetitle></link>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on your role, you may have permission to upload and manage virtual"
" machine images. Operators might restrict the upload and management of "
"images to cloud administrators or operators only. If you have the "
"appropriate privileges, you can use the dashboard to upload and manage "
"images in the <guilabel>admin</guilabel> project."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> and <placeholder-2/> command-line "
"clients or the Image Service and Compute APIs to manage images. See <xref "
"linkend=\"cli_manage_images\"/>."
msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser clients en ligne de commande <placeholder-1/> et <placeholder-2/> ou le Service d'Image et les API Compute pour gérer les images. Voir <xref linkend=\"cli_manage_images\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml29(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml102(title)
msgid "Upload an image"
msgstr "Téléchargez une image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml30(para)
msgid "Follow this procedure to upload an image to a project."
msgstr "Suivez cette procédure pour télécharger une image dans un projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml34(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml160(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml207(para)
msgid "Log in to the dashboard."
msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml37(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml163(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml210(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml217(para)
msgid ""
"From the <guilabel>CURRENT PROJECT</guilabel> on the "
"<guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, select the appropriate project."
msgstr "Depuis <guilabel>PROJET COURANT</guilabel> sur l'onglet <guilabel>Projet</guilabel>, sélectionner le projet approprié."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml42(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml168(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml214(para)
msgid ""
"On the <guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Images</guilabel>."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet <guilabel>Projet</guilabel>, cliquer sur <guilabel>Images</guilabel>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml46(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml149(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Image</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Créer une Image </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml47(para)
msgid "The Create An Image dialog box appears."
msgstr "La boite de dialogue Créer Une Image apparaît."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml50(para)
msgid "Enter the following values:"
msgstr "Entrez les valeurs suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml57(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml136(guilabel)
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml60(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the image."
msgstr "Entrer un nom pour l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml65(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml144(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml21(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml67(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml141(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml334(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml375(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml459(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml44(guilabel)
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Description"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml68(para)
msgid "Optionally, enter a brief description of the image."
msgstr "Optionnellement, entrez une brève description de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml74(guilabel)
msgid "Image Source"
msgstr "Source de l'Image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"Choose the image source from the list. Your choices are <guilabel>Image "
"Location</guilabel> and <guilabel>Image File</guilabel>."
msgstr "Choisissez dans la liste la source de l'image. Vos choix sont <guilabel>Emplacement Image</guilabel> et <guilabel>Fichier Image</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml84(para)
msgid "<guilabel>Image File</guilabel> or <guilabel>Image Location</guilabel>"
msgstr "<guilabel>Fichier Image</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Emplacement Image</guilabel>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"Based on your selection for <guilabel>Image Source</guilabel>, you either "
"enter the location URL of the image in the <guilabel>Image "
"Location</guilabel> field. or browse to the image file on your system and "
"add it."
msgstr "Suivant votre sélection pour <guilabel>Source Image</guilabel>, vous pouvez soit entrer le chemin de l'URL de l'image dans le champs <guilabel>Emplacement Image</guilabel> ou naviguer sur votre système jusqu'au fichier image et l'ajouter."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml98(guilabel)
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml101(para)
msgid "Select the correct format (for example, QCOW2) for the image."
msgstr "Sélectionnez le format correct (par exemple, QCOW2) pour cette image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml108(guilabel)
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architecture"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml112(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the architecture. For example, <literal>i386</literal> for a 32-bit "
"architecture or <literal>x86-64</literal> for a 64-bit architecture."
msgstr "Spécifier l'architecture. Par exemple, <literal>i386</literal> pour une architecture 32 bits ou <literal>x86-64</literal> pour une architecture 64 bits."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml119(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Minimum Disk (GB)</guilabel> and <guilabel>Minimum RAM "
"(MB)</guilabel>"
msgstr "<guilabel>Disque Minimum (Go)</guilabel> et <guilabel>RAM minimum (Mo)</guilabel>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml123(para)
msgid "Leave these optional fields empty."
msgstr "Laisser ces champs optionnels vides."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml128(guilabel)
msgid "Public"
msgstr "Publique"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml131(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box to make the image public to all users with access to "
"the current project."
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour rendre l'image publique à tous les utilisateurs ayant accès au projet courant."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml138(guilabel)
msgid "Protected"
msgstr "Protégée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box to ensure that only users with permissions can delete "
"the image."
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour s'assurer que seuls les utilisateurs avec les permissions puissent supprimer cette image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml150(para)
msgid ""
"The image is queued to be uploaded. It might take some time before the "
"status changes from Queued to Active."
msgstr "L'image est dans une file d'attente pour être téléchargée. Cela peut prendre un peu de temps avant que le statut passe de En attente à Active"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml156(title)
msgid "Update an image"
msgstr "Mise à jour de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml157(para)
msgid "Follow this procedure to update an existing image."
msgstr "Suivez cette procédure pour mettre à jour une image existante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml172(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml226(para)
msgid "Select the image that you want to edit."
msgstr "Sélectionner l'image que vous voulez éditer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>More</guilabel> "
"and then select <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> from the list."
msgstr "Dans la colonne <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>, cliquer <guilabel>Plus</guilabel> et ensuite sélectionner <guilabel>Editer</guilabel> dans la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml183(para)
msgid "Change the name of the image."
msgstr "Changer le nom de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml186(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>Public</guilabel> check box to make the image public."
msgstr "Sélectionner la case <guilabel>Public</guilabel> pour rendre l'image publique. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"Clear the <guilabel>Public</guilabel> check box to make the image private."
msgstr "Effacer la case <guilabel>Public</guilabel> pour rendre l'image privée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml180(para)
msgid ""
"In the Update Image dialog box, you can perform the following actions: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Mise à jour Image, vous pouvez réaliser les actions suivantes: <placeholder-1/>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml196(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update Image</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> mettre l'image </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml201(title)
msgid "Delete an image"
msgstr "Supprimer une image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml202(para)
msgid ""
"Deletion of images is permanent and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">cannot</emphasis> be reversed. Only users with the appropriate"
" permissions can delete images."
msgstr "La suppression des images est définitive et <emphasis role=\"bold\">n'est pas</emphasis> réversible. Seuls les utilisateurs avec les permissions appropriées peuvent supprimer des images. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml218(para)
msgid "Select the images that you want to delete."
msgstr "Sélectionnez les images que vous souhaitez supprimer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml221(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Images</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Supprimer l'image </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml224(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Confirm Delete Image</guilabel> dialog box, click "
"<guibutton>Delete Images</guibutton> to confirm the deletion."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Confirmer la Suppression de l'Image</guilabel>, cliquer <guibutton>Suppresion des Images</guibutton> pour confirmer la suppression."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml7(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml9(title)
msgid "Create and manage databases"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des base de données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml9(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"The Database service provides scalable and reliable cloud provisioning "
"functionality for both relational and non-relational database engines. Users"
" can quickly and easily use database features without the burden of handling"
" complex administrative tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml158(title)
msgid "Create a database instance"
msgstr "Créer une instance de base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml13(title)
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "Pré-requis"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Before you create a database instance, you need to configure a default "
"datastore and make sure you have an appropriate flavor for the type of "
"database instance you want."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml18(title)
msgid "Configure a default datastore."
msgstr "Configurer une banque de données."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"Because the dashboard does not let you choose a specific datastore to use "
"with an instance, you need to configure a default datastore. The dashboard "
"then uses the default datastore to create the instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml22(para)
msgid "Add the following line to <filename>/etc/trove/trove.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "Ajouter la ligne suivante à <filename>/etc/trove/trove.conf</filename> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml23(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml631(replaceable)
msgid "DATASTORE_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_STOCKAGE_DONNÉE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable> with the name that the "
"administrative user set when issuing the <placeholder-1/> command to create "
"the datastore. You can use the trove <placeholder-2/> command to display the"
" datastores that are available in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if your MySQL datastore name is set to "
"<literal>mysql</literal>, your entry would look like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml29(para)
msgid "Restart Database services on the controller node:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml37(title)
msgid "Verify flavor."
msgstr "Vérifier l'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml38(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure an <link linkend=\"create_db\">appropriate flavor exists</link> "
"for the type of database instance you want."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml42(title)
msgid "Create database instance"
msgstr "Créer une instance de base de données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured a default datastore and verified that you have an "
"appropriate flavor, you can create a database instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml47(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml121(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml161(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Databases</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Instances</guilabel>. This lists the instances that"
" already exist in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml53(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch Instance</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Launch Instance</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Database</guilabel> dialog box, specify the "
"following values."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Launch Database</guilabel>, spécifier les valeurs suivantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr "Nom de la Base de Données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml68(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the database instance."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour l'instance de base de données."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml72(para)
msgid "Select an appropriate flavor for the instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml75(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Size"
msgstr "Taille du Volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml76(para)
msgid "Select a volume size. Volume size is expressed in GB."
msgstr "Sélectionner une taille de volume. La taille du volume est exprimée en Go."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml80(guilabel)
msgid "Initialize Databases"
msgstr "Initialiser les Bases de Données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml83(guilabel)
msgid "Initial Database"
msgstr "Base de données initiale"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally provide a comma separated list of databases to create, for "
"example:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml86(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>database1</literal>, <literal>database2</literal>, "
"<literal>database3</literal>"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml90(guilabel)
msgid "Initial Admin User"
msgstr "Utilisateur Admin initial"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"Create an initial admin user. This user will have access to all the "
"databases you create."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml94(guilabel)
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Mot de Passe"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"Specify a password associated with the initial admin user you just named."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml98(guilabel)
msgid "Host"
msgstr "Host"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally, allow the user to connect only from this host. If you do not "
"specify a host, this user will be allowed to connect from anywhere."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guibutton>Launch</guibutton> button. The new database instance "
"appears in the databases list."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml110(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml244(title)
msgid "Backup and restore a database"
msgstr "Sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml111(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml245(para)
msgid ""
"You can use Database services to backup a database and store the backup "
"artifact in the Object Storage module. Later on, if the original database is"
" damaged, you can use the backup artifact to restore the database. The "
"restore process creates a database instance."
msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser les services Base de donnée pour sauvegarder une base de donnée et stocker un objet sauvegarde dans le module Stockage d'Objet. Plus tard, si la base de donnée originale est endommagée, vous pouvez utiliser cet objet sauvegardé pour restaurer la base de donnée. Le processus de restauration crée une instance de base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml114(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml248(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to back up and restore a MySQL database."
msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée MySQL"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml116(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml250(title)
msgid "To backup and restore a database"
msgstr "Pour sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml118(title)
msgid "Backup the database instance."
msgstr "Sauvegarde de l'instance de la base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Instances</guilabel>. This displays the existing "
"instances in your system."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml127(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Backup</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml130(para)
msgid "In the Backup Database dialog box, specify the following values:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml137(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the backup."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour la sauvegarde."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml140(guilabel)
msgid "Database Instance"
msgstr "Instance de la base de données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml141(para)
msgid "Select the instance you want to back up."
msgstr "Sélectionner l'instance que vous voulez sauvegarder."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml145(para)
msgid "Specify an optional description."
msgstr "Spécifier une description optionnelle."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml151(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>Backup</guibutton>. The new backup appears in the backup "
"list."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Backup</guibutton>. La nouvelle sauvegarde apparaît dans la liste des sauvegardes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml156(title)
msgid "Restore a database instance."
msgstr "Restaurer une instance de base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml157(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your original database instance is damaged and you need to "
"restore it. You do the restore by using your backup to create a new database"
" instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml164(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Backups</guilabel>. This lists the available "
"backups."
msgstr "Cliquer sur <guilabel>Database Backups</guilabel>. Ceci liste les sauvegardes disponibles."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml167(para)
msgid ""
"Check the backup you want to use and click <guibutton>Restore "
"Backup</guibutton>."
msgstr "Vérifier la sauvegarde que vous voulez utiliser et cliquer <guibutton>Restore Backup</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Database</guilabel> dialog box, specify the <link "
"linkend=\"dashboard_create_db_instance\">values you want to use for the new "
"database instance</link>. Click the <guilabel>Restore From "
"Database</guilabel> tab and make sure that this new instance is based on the"
" correct backup."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml173(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>. The new instance appears in the "
"database instances list."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml7(title)
msgid "Measure cloud resources"
msgstr "Mesurer les ressources du cloud"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Telemetry measures cloud resources in OpenStack. It collects data related to"
" billing. Currently, this metering service is available through only the "
"<placeholder-1/> command-line client."
msgstr "Telemetry mesure les ressources du cloud dans OpenStack. Actuellement, le service de mesure est disponible uniquement avec la ligne de commande <placeholder-1/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml10(para)
msgid "To model data, Telemetry uses the following abstractions:"
msgstr "Pour modéliser les données, Telemetry utilise les hypothèses suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml13(emphasis)
msgid "Meter"
msgstr "Compteur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Measures a specific aspect of resource usage, such as the existence of a "
"running instance, or ongoing performance, such as the CPU utilization for an"
" instance. Meters exist for each type of resource. For example, a separate "
"<literal>cpu_util</literal> meter exists for each instance. The life cycle "
"of a meter is decoupled from the existence of its related resource. The "
"meter persists after the resource goes away."
msgstr "Mesure un aspect spécifique de l'utilisation des ressources, telles que l'existence d'une instance en cours d'exécution, l'exécution en cours ou encore l'utilisation du processeur pour une instance. Des compteurs existent pour chaque type de ressource. Par exemple, il existe un compteur séparé <literal> cpu_util </ literal> pour chaque instance. Le cycle de vie d'un appareil de mesure est découplé par l'existence de sa ressource. Le compteur persiste après que la ressource disparaît."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml25(para)
msgid "A meter has the following attributes:"
msgstr "Un compteur a les attributs suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml28(para)
msgid "String name"
msgstr "Nom de la chaîne"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml31(para)
msgid "A unit of measurement"
msgstr "Une unité de mesure"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"A type, which indicates whether values increase monotonically (cumulative), "
"are interpreted as a change from the previous value (delta), or are stand-"
"alone and relate only to the current duration (gauge)"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml42(emphasis)
msgid "Sample"
msgstr "Echantillon"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"An individual data point that is associated with a specific meter. A sample "
"has the same attributes as the associated meter, with the addition of time "
"stamp and value attributes. The value attribute is also known as the sample "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">volume</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml50(emphasis)
msgid "Statistic"
msgstr "Statistique"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"A set of data point aggregates over a time duration. (In contrast, a sample "
"represents a single data point.) The Telemetry service employs the following"
" aggregation functions:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">count</emphasis>. The number of samples in each "
"period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">count</emphasis>. Le nombre d'échantillons dans chaque période."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">max</emphasis>. The maximum number of sample volumes"
" in each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">max</emphasis>. Le nombre maximum de volumes d'échantillons dans chaque période."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">min</emphasis>. The minimum number of sample volumes"
" in each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">min</emphasis>. Le nombre minimal de volumes d'échantillons dans chaque période."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">avg</emphasis>. The average of sample volumes over "
"each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">avg</emphasis>. La moyenne des volumes d'échantillons sur chaque période."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">sum</emphasis>. The sum of sample volumes over each "
"period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">sum</emphasis>. La somme des volumes d'échantillons par période."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml84(emphasis)
msgid "Alarm"
msgstr "Alerte"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml86(para)
msgid ""
"A set of rules that define a monitor and a current state, with edge-"
"triggered actions associated with target states. Alarms provide user-"
"oriented Monitoring-as-a-Service and a general purpose utility for "
"OpenStack. Orchestration auto scaling is a typical use case. Alarms follow a"
" tristate model of <literal>ok</literal>, <literal>alarm</literal>, and "
"<literal>insufficient data</literal>. For conventional threshold-oriented "
"alarms, a static threshold value and comparison operator govern state "
"transitions. The comparison operator compares a selected meter statistic "
"against an evaluation window of configurable length into the recent past."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses the <placeholder-1/> client to create an auto-scaling "
"stack and the <placeholder-2/> client to measure resources."
msgstr "Cet exemple utilise le client <placeholder-1/> pour créer un stack auto-scaling et le client <placeholder-2/> pour mesurer les ressources."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml102(para)
msgid ""
"Create an auto-scaling stack by running the following command. The "
"<literal>-f</literal> option specifies the name of the stack template file, "
"and the <literal>-P</literal> option specifies the "
"<literal>KeyName</literal> parameter as <literal>heat_key</literal>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml108(para)
msgid "List the heat resources that were created:"
msgstr "Dressez la liste des ressources Heat qui ont été créés:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml125(para)
msgid "List the alarms that are set:"
msgstr "Liste des alarmes qui sont définis:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml135(para)
msgid "List the meters that are set:"
msgstr "Liste des mètres qui sont définis:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml146(para)
msgid "List samples:"
msgstr "Listes des exemples:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml155(para)
msgid "View statistics:"
msgstr "Afficher les statistiques:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml8(title)
msgid "OpenStack command-line interface cheat sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"The following tables give a quick reference of the most used command-line "
"commands."
msgstr "Les tables suivantes donnent une référence rapide aux commandes en lignes les plus utilisées."
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml16(caption)
msgid "Identity (keystone)"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml22(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml68(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml142(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml335(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml376(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml460(th)
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Commande"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml27(td)
msgid "List all users"
msgstr "Lister tous les utilisateurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml33(td)
msgid "List Identity service catalog"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml39(td)
msgid "List all services in service catalog"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml45(td)
msgid "Create new user"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau utilisateur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml187(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml216(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml223(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml229(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml235(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml241(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml247(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml253(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml259(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml267(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml274(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml342(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml386(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml631(replaceable)
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable)
msgid "TENANT"
msgstr "PROJET"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "EMAIL"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "BOOL"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml52(td)
msgid "Create new tenant"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau projet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable)
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml62(caption)
msgid "Image Service (glance)"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml73(td)
msgid "List images you can access"
msgstr "Liste d'images auxquelles vous pouvez accéder"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml79(td)
msgid "Delete specified image"
msgstr "Supprimer une image spécifique"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml81(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml87(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml93(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml267(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE"
msgstr "IMAGE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml85(td)
msgid "Describe a specific image"
msgstr "Décrire une image spécifique"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml91(td)
msgid "Update image"
msgstr "Mise à jour de l'image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml97(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml8(title)
msgid "Manage images"
msgstr "Gestion des images"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml100(td)
msgid "Kernel image"
msgstr "Image du Noyau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml108(td)
msgid "RAM image"
msgstr "image RAM"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml116(td)
msgid "Three-part image"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml125(td)
msgid "Register raw image"
msgstr "Enregistrer l'image brute"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml136(caption)
msgid "Compute (nova)"
msgstr "Compute (nova)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml147(td)
msgid "List instances, notice status of instance"
msgstr "Liste des instances, notice des status des instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml153(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml12(title)
msgid "List images"
msgstr "Liste des images"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml159(td)
msgid "List flavors"
msgstr "Liste des types d'instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml165(td)
msgid "Boot an instance using flavor and image names (if names are unique)"
msgstr "Démarrer une instance en utilisant les noms d'un type d'instance et d'une image (si les noms sont uniques) "
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml259(replaceable)
msgid "FLAVOR"
msgstr "TYPE D'INSTANCE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml173(td)
msgid "Login to instance"
msgstr "Connexion à une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "NETNS_NAME"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "USER"
msgstr "UTILISATEUR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml179(para)
msgid ""
"Note, in CirrOS the password for user <literal>cirros</literal> is "
"\"cubswin:)\" without the quotes."
msgstr "Notez que dans CirrOS le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur <literal>cirros</literal> est \"cubswin:)\" sans les guillemets."
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml185(td)
msgid "Show details of instance"
msgstr "Montrer les détails d'une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml192(td)
msgid "View console log of instance"
msgstr "Voir la console de log d'une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml198(td)
msgid "Set metadata on an instance"
msgstr "Positionner une métadonnée sur une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml204(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml70(title)
msgid "Create an instance snapshot"
msgstr "Créer un instantané d'une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml211(th)
msgid "Pause, suspend, stop, rescue, resize, rebuild, reboot an instance"
msgstr "Pause, suspendre, stop, secours, redimensionner, reconstruire, redémarrer une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml214(td)
msgid "Pause"
msgstr "Pause"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml221(td)
msgid "Unpause"
msgstr "Reprendre"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml227(td)
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr "Suspendre"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml233(td)
msgid "Unsuspend"
msgstr "Reprendre"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml239(td)
msgid "Stop"
msgstr "Stop"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml245(td)
msgid "Start"
msgstr "Démarrer"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml251(td)
msgid "Rescue"
msgstr "Secours"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml257(td)
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionner"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml265(td)
msgid "Rebuild"
msgstr "Reconstruire"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml272(td)
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Redémarrage"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml279(td)
msgid "Inject user data and files into an instance"
msgstr "Injecte des données et des fichiers utilisateur dans une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml281(replaceable)
msgid "FILE"
msgstr "FILE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml281(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE"
msgstr "INSTANCE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml285(para)
msgid ""
"To validate that the file is there, ssh into the instance, and look in "
"<filename>/var/lib/cloud</filename> for the file."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml291(th)
msgid ""
"Inject a keypair into an instance and access the instance with that keypair"
msgstr "Injecter une paire de clés dans une instance et accéder à cette instance avec cette paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml295(td)
msgid "Create keypair"
msgstr "Créer une paire de clés"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml302(td)
msgid "Boot"
msgstr "Démarrer"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml309(td)
msgid "Use ssh to connect to the instance"
msgstr "Utiliser ssh pour se connecter à une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml316(th)
msgid "Manage security groups"
msgstr "Gérer les groupes de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml319(td)
msgid ""
"Add rules to default security group allowing ping and SSH between instances "
"in the default security group"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml329(caption)
msgid "Networking (neutron)"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml340(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml99(title)
msgid "Create network"
msgstr "Créer un réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml346(td)
msgid "Create a subnet"
msgstr "Créer un sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml348(replaceable)
msgid "NETWORK_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_RÉSEAU"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml348(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml79(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml83(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml121(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml124(guilabel)
msgid "CIDR"
msgstr "CIDR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml353(td)
msgid "List network and subnet"
msgstr "Liste du réseau et du sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml360(td)
msgid "Examine details of network and subnet"
msgstr "Examiner les détails du réseau et du sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml362(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml363(replaceable)
msgid "ID_OR_NAME_OF_NETWORK"
msgstr "ID_OU_NOM_DU_RÉSEAU"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml370(caption)
msgid "Block Storage (cinder)"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml381(th)
msgid "Manage volumes and volume snapshots"
msgstr "Gérer les volumes et les instantanés des volumes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml384(td)
msgid "Create a new volume"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml386(replaceable)
msgid "SIZE_IN_GB"
msgstr "TAILLE_EN_Go"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml391(td)
msgid "Boot an instance and attach to volume"
msgstr "Démarrer une instance et l'attacher à un volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml397(td)
msgid "List volumes, notice status of volume"
msgstr "Lister les volumes, notice les status des volumes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml403(td)
msgid ""
"Attach volume to instance after instance is active, and volume is available"
msgstr "Attacher un volume à une instance après qu'ine instance soit active et que le volume soit disponible"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml406(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml217(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml288(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml382(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml403(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml414(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml432(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml484(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml509(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_ID"
msgstr "ID_INSTANCE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml406(replaceable)
msgid "VOLUME_ID"
msgstr "ID_VOLUME"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml411(th)
msgid "Manage volumes after login into the instance"
msgstr "Gérer les volumes après être connecter dans l'instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml414(td)
msgid "List storage devices"
msgstr "Lister les périphériques de stockage"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml420(td)
msgid "Make filesystem on volume"
msgstr "Créer un système de fichier sur le volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml426(td)
msgid "Create a mountpoint"
msgstr "Créer un point de montage"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml432(td)
msgid "Mount the volume at the mountpoint"
msgstr "Monter le volume au point de montage"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml438(td)
msgid "Create a file on the volume"
msgstr "Créer un fichier dans le volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml445(td)
msgid "Unmount the volume"
msgstr "Démonter le volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml454(caption)
msgid "Object Storage (swift)"
msgstr "Stockage d'Objet (rapide)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml465(td)
msgid "Display information for the account, container, or object"
msgstr "Affiche les informations pour le compte, le conteneur ou l'objet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml468(replaceable)
msgid "ACCOUNT"
msgstr "COMPTE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml469(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml27(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml46(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml95(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml97(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml116(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml121(replaceable)
msgid "CONTAINER"
msgstr "CONTENEUR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml470(replaceable)
msgid "OBJECT"
msgstr "OBJET"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml474(td)
msgid "List containers"
msgstr "Liste de conteneurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml480(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml20(title)
msgid "Create a container"
msgstr "Créer un conteneur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml482(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml488(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml501(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml507(replaceable)
msgid "CONTAINER_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_CONTENEUR"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml486(td)
msgid "Upload file to a container"
msgstr "Charger un fichier dans le conteneur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml488(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml501(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml507(replaceable)
msgid "FILE_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_FICHIER"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml493(td)
msgid "List objects in container"
msgstr "Lister les objets du conteneur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml499(td)
msgid "Download object from container"
msgstr "Télécharger un objet du conteneur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml505(td)
msgid "Upload with chunks, for large file"
msgstr "Charger par morceaux pour un gros fichier"
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml507(replaceable)
msgid "SIZE"
msgstr "TAILLE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage object containers"
msgstr "Créer et gérer les conteneurs d'objets"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Object Storage provides a distributed, API-accessible storage "
"platform that can be integrated directly into an application or used to "
"store any type of file, including VM images, backups, archives, or media "
"files. In the OpenStack Dashboard, you can only manage containers and "
"objects."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"In OpenStack Object Storage, containers provide storage for objects in a "
"manner similar to a Windows folder or Linux file directory, though they "
"cannot be nested. An object in OpenStack consists of the file to be stored "
"in the container and any accompanying metadata."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml23(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml45(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml80(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml104(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml145(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml172(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Containers</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Conteneurs</guilabel>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml27(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Container</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Créer un Conteneur</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Container dialog box, enter a name for the container, and then"
" click<guibutton>Create Container</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml35(para)
msgid "You have successfully created a container."
msgstr "Vous avez crée un conteneur avec succès."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a container, click the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and "
"select <guilabel>Delete Container</guilabel>."
msgstr "Pour supprimer un conteneur, cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Plus</guibutton> et sélectionner <guilabel>Supprimer le conteneur</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml42(title)
msgid "Upload an object"
msgstr "Télécharger un objet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml49(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml84(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml108(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml149(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml176(para)
msgid "Select the container in which you want to store your object."
msgstr "Sélectionner le conteneur dans lequel vous voulez stocker votre objet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml52(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml67(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml152(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Upload Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Charger l'Objet</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml53(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml153(para)
msgid ""
"The Upload Object To Container: <replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> "
"dialog box is displayed. <replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> is the name"
" of the container to which you are uploading the object."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml60(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml160(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the object."
msgstr "Entrer un nom pour l'objet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml63(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml91(para)
msgid "Browse to and select the file that you want to upload."
msgstr "Naviguer et sélectionner le fichier que vous voulez charger."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml70(para)
msgid "You have successfully uploaded an object to the container."
msgstr "Vous avez téléchargé un objet dans le conteneur avec succès."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml71(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"To delete an object, click the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and select"
" <guilabel>Delete Object</guilabel>."
msgstr "Pour détruire un objet, cliquer le bouton <guibutton>Plus</guibutton> et sélectionner <guilabel>Supprimer un Objet</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml76(title)
msgid "Manage an object"
msgstr "Gérer un objet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml78(title)
msgid "To edit an object"
msgstr "Pour éditer un objet"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml87(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>More</guibutton> and choose <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> from "
"the dropdown list."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Plus</guibutton> et choisir <guilabel>Editer</guilabel> dans la liste déroulante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml88(para)
msgid "The Edit Object dialog box is displayed."
msgstr "La boite de dialogue Éditer Objet est affichée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml94(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml163(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Mise à jour de l'Objet</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml102(title)
msgid "To copy an object from one container to another"
msgstr "Pour copier un objet depuis un conteneur dans un autre"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml111(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>More</guibutton> and choose <guilabel>Copy</guilabel> from "
"the dropdown list."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Plus</guibutton> et choisir <guilabel>Copier</guilabel> dans la liste déroulante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml115(para)
msgid "In the Copy Object: launch dialog box, enter the following values:"
msgstr "Dans Copier Objet : lancer la boite de dialogue, entrer les valeurs suivantes :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Destination Container</guilabel>: Choose the destination container"
" from the list."
msgstr "<guilabel>Conteneur de Destination</guilabel> : Choisir le conteneur de destination dans la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Path</guilabel>: Specify a path in which the new copy should be "
"stored inside of the selected container."
msgstr "<guilabel>Chemin</guilabel> : Spécifier un chemin dans lequel la nouvelle copie devra être stockée dans le conteneur sélectionné."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Destination object name</guilabel>: Enter a name for the object in"
" the new container."
msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de l'objet à Destination</guilabel> : Entrer un nom pour l'objet dans le nouveau conteneur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml137(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Copy Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Copier Objet</guibutton>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml141(title)
msgid "To create a metadata-only object without a file"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml142(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a new object in container without a file available and can "
"upload the file later when it is ready. This temporary object acts a place-"
"holder for a new object, and enables the user to share object metadata and "
"URL info in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml167(title)
msgid "To create a pseudo-folder"
msgstr "Pour créer un pseudo-dossier"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml168(para)
msgid ""
"Pseudo-folders are similar to folders in your desktop operating system. They"
" are virtual collections defined by a common prefix on the object's name."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml179(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Pseudo-folder</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Créer Pseudo-dossier</guibutton>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml181(para)
msgid ""
"The Create Pseudo-Folder in Container <replaceable>&lt;name&gt; "
"</replaceable> dialog box is displayed. <replaceable>&lt;name&gt; "
"</replaceable> is the name of the container to which you are uploading the "
"object."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml188(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the pseudo-folder."
msgstr "Entrer un nom pour le pseudo-dossier."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"A slash (/) character is used as the delimiter for pseudo-folders in the "
"Object Store."
msgstr "Un caractère slash (/) est utilisé comme délimiteur pour les pseudo-dossiers dans le Stockage d'Objet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml194(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Créer</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against an Image Service endpoint"
msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès du Service Image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against an Image Service endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"glanceclient/api/glanceclient.v2.client.html#glanceclient.v2.client.Client\">"
" glanceclient.v2.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès Image Service, instancier un objet <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-glanceclient/api/glanceclient.v2.client.html#glanceclient.v2.client.Client\"> glanceclient.v2.client.Client</link>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml10(title)
msgid "OpenStack dashboard"
msgstr "Tableau de bord OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"As a cloud end user, you can use the OpenStack dashboard to provision your "
"own resources within the limits set by administrators. You can modify the "
"examples provided in this section to create other types and sizes of server "
"instances."
msgstr "Comme un utilisateur final du cloud, vous pouvez utiliser le tableau de bord d'OpenStack pour approvisionner vos propres ressources dans les limites fixées par les administrateurs. Vous pouvez modifier les exemples fournis dans cette section pour créer d'autres types et tailles d'instances de serveur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against an Identity endpoint"
msgstr "S'authentifier sur une point d'accès Identité."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against the Identity v2.0 endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"keystoneclient/api/keystoneclient.v2_0.client.html#keystoneclient.v2_0.client.Client\">"
" keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur une point d'accès de Identité v2.0, instancier un objet <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-keystoneclient/api/keystoneclient.v2_0.client.html#keystoneclient.v2_0.client.Client\"> keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client</link>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"After you instantiate a <classname>Client</classname> object, you can "
"retrieve the token by accessing its <literal>auth_token</literal> attribute "
"object:"
msgstr "Après avoir instancié un objet <classname>Client</ classname>, vous pouvez récupérer le jeton en accédant à son objet d'attribut <literal> auth_token </ literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"If the OpenStack cloud is configured to use public-key infrastructure (PKI) "
"tokens, the Python script output looks something like this:"
msgstr "Si le cloud OpenStack est configuré pour utilisé les jetons d'infrastructure à clé publique (PKI), la sortie du script Python ressemble à ceci:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows a subset of a PKI token. A complete token is over 5000 "
"characters long."
msgstr "Cet exemple montre un sous-ensemble d'un jeton de PKI. Un jeton complet fait plus de 5000 caractères."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against a Networking endpoint"
msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against a Networking endpoint, instantiate a "
"<classname>neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client</classname> object:"
msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès réseau, instancier un objet <classname>neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client</classname>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"You can also authenticate by explicitly specifying the endpoint and token:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez également vous authentifier en spécifiant explicitement le point d'accès et le token:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml7(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Configure access and security for instances"
msgstr "Configuration de l'accès et dela sécurité pour les instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch a virtual machine, you can inject a <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">key pair</emphasis>, which provides SSH access to your "
"instance. For this to work, the image must contain the <literal>cloud-"
"init</literal> package."
msgstr "Quand vous lancez une machine virtuelle, vous pouvez injecter une <emphasis>paire de clés</emphasis>, qui fournit un accès SSH à votre instance. Pour que cela fonctionne, l'image doit contenir le paquet <literal>clou-init</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"You create at least one key pair for each project. You can use the key pair "
"for multiple instances that belong to that project. If you generate a key "
"pair with an external tool, you can import it into OpenStack."
msgstr "Vous créez au moins une paire de clés pour chaque projet. Vous pouvez utiliser cette paire de clés pour des instances multiples appartenant à ce projet. Si vous générez une paire de clés avec un outil externe, vous pouvez l'importer avec OpenStack."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"If an image uses a static root password or a static key setneither is "
"recommendedyou must not provide a key pair when you launch the instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml21(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"italic\">security group</emphasis> is a named collection "
"of network access rules that you use to limit the types of traffic that have"
" access to instances. When you launch an instance, you can assign one or "
"more security groups to it. If you do not create security groups, new "
"instances are automatically assigned to the default security group, unless "
"you explicitly specify a different security group."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"The associated <emphasis role=\"italic\">rules</emphasis> in each security "
"group control the traffic to instances in the group. Any incoming traffic "
"that is not matched by a rule is denied access by default. You can add rules"
" to or remove rules from a security group, and you can modify rules for the "
"default and any other security group."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"You can modify the rules in a security group to allow access to instances "
"through different ports and protocols. For example, you can modify rules to "
"allow access to instances through SSH, to ping instances, or to allow UDP "
"traffic; for example, for a DNS server running on an instance. You specify "
"the following parameters for rules:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Source of traffic</emphasis>. Enable traffic to "
"instances from either IP addresses inside the cloud from other group members"
" or from all IP addresses."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Source du trafic</emphasis>. Activer trafic vers les instances soit depuis les adresses à l'intérieur du cloud par les autres membres du groupe, soit de toutes les adresses IP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml48(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol</emphasis>. Choose TCP for SSH, ICMP for "
"pings, or UDP."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol</emphasis>. Choisissez TCP pour SSH, ICMP pour des pings, ou UDP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Destination port on virtual machine</emphasis>. "
"Define a port range. To open a single port only, enter the same value twice."
" ICMP does not support ports; instead, you enter values to define the codes "
"and types of ICMP traffic to be allowed."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml59(para)
msgid "Rules are automatically enforced as soon as you create or modify them."
msgstr "Les règles sont automatiquement appliquées dès que vous créez ou modifiez."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml71(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml137(title)
msgid "Add a key pair"
msgstr "Ajout d'une paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml73(para)
msgid "You can generate a key pair or upload an existing public key."
msgstr "Vous pouvez générer une paire de clés ou télécharger une clé publique existante."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml76(para)
msgid "To generate a key pair, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour générer une paire de clés, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml88(replaceable)
msgid "MY_KEY"
msgstr "MY_KEY"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml78(para)
msgid ""
"The command generates a key pair with the name that you specify fir "
"<replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable>, writes the private key to the "
"<filename>.pem</filename> file that you specify, and registers the public "
"key at the Nova database."
msgstr "La commande génère une paire de clés avec le nom que vous avez donné <replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable>, écrivez la clé privée dans le fichier <filename>.pem</filename> que vous avez spécifié et enregistré la clef publique dans la base de donnée Nova. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"To set the permissions of the <filename>.pem</filename> file so that only "
"you can read and write to it, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour fixer les permissions du fichier <filename>.pem</filename> afin que vous seul puissiez lire et écrire dans celui-ci, exécutez la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml93(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml167(title)
msgid "Import a key pair"
msgstr "Import d'une paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"If you have already generated a key pair and the public key is located at "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, run the following command to upload "
"the public key:"
msgstr "Si vous avez déjà généré une paire de clés située dans <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, exécutez la commande suivante pour télécharger la clé publique/"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"The command registers the public key at the Nova database and names the key "
"pair the name that you specify for "
"<literal><replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr "Les commandes enregistrent la clé publique dans la base de donnée Nova et nomment la paire de clés avec le nom que vous avez spécifié pour <literal><replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable></literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"To ensure that the key pair has been successfully imported, list key pairs "
"as follows:"
msgstr "Pour s'assurer que la paire de clés a été importée avec succès, lister les paires de clés comme suit:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml112(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml73(title)
msgid "Create and manage security groups"
msgstr "Créer et gérer un groupe de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml115(para)
msgid ""
"To list the security groups for the current project, including descriptions,"
" enter the following command:"
msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité pour le projet en cours, y compris les descriptions, entrez la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"To create a security group with a specified name and description, enter the "
"following command:"
msgstr "Pour créer un groupe de sécurité avec un nom et une description spécifique, entrez la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml128(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml148(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml158(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml178(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml185(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml203(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml215(replaceable)
msgid "SECURITY_GROUP_NAME"
msgstr "NOM_GROUPE_SECURITE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable)
msgid "GROUP_DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "GROUP_DESCRIPTION"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml126(para)
msgid "To delete a specified group, enter the following command:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer un groupe spécifique, entrer la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml130(para)
msgid ""
"You cannot delete the default security group for a project. Also, you cannot"
" delete a security group that is assigned to a running instance."
msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer le groupe de sécurité par défaut d'un projet. Aussi, vous ne pouvez pas supprimer un groupe de sécurité qui est affecté à une instance en cours d'exécution."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml139(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml98(title)
msgid "Create and manage security group rules"
msgstr "Créer et gérer une règle de groupe de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Modify security group rules with the <placeholder-1/> commands. Before you "
"begin, source the OpenStack RC file. For details, see <xref "
"linkend=\"cli_openrc\"/>."
msgstr "Modifier les règles de groupes de sécurité avec les commandes <placeholder-1/>. Avant de commencer, lancer le fichier OpenStack RC. Pour les détails, voir <xref linkend=\"cli_openrc\"/>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml146(para)
msgid "To list the rules for a security group, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour lister les règles pour un groupe de sécurité, exécutez la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml151(para)
msgid ""
"To allow SSH access to the instances, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr "Pour autoriser l'accès SSH aux instances, choisissez l'une des options suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml155(para)
msgid ""
"Allow access from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:"
msgstr "Autorise l'accès à partir de toutes les adresses IP, spécifiée en tant que sous réseau IP <filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> en notation CIDR:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml161(para)
msgid ""
"Allow access only from IP addresses from other security groups (source "
"groups) to access the specified port:"
msgstr "Autoriser l'accès uniquement depuis les adresses IP depuis d'autres groupes de sécurité (groupes source) pour accéder à des ports spécifiques :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml185(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml203(replaceable)
msgid "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME"
msgstr "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"To allow pinging of the instances, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr "Pour autoriser un pinging des instances, choisir une des options suivantes :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml174(para)
msgid ""
"Allow pinging from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:"
msgstr "Autoriser un pinging de toutes les adresses IP, spécifiées comme sous réseau IP <filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> dans la notation CIDR : "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml178(para)
msgid "This allows access to all codes and all types of ICMP traffic."
msgstr "Ceci autorise l'accès à tous les codes et à tous les types de trafic ICMP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml182(para)
msgid ""
"Allow only members of other security groups (source groups) to ping "
"instances:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"To allow access through a UDP port, such as allowing access to a DNS server "
"that runs on a VM, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml195(para)
msgid ""
"Allow UDP access from IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml200(para)
msgid ""
"Allow only IP addresses from other security groups (source groups) to access"
" the specified port:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml209(title)
msgid "Delete a security group rule"
msgstr "supprimer une règle de groupe de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a security group rule, specify the same arguments that you used to"
" create the rule."
msgstr "Pour supprimer une règle de groupe de sécurité, spécifiez les mêmes arguments que vous avez utilisé pour créer la règle."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml213(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to delete the security group rule that permits SSH access from "
"all IP addresses, run the following command."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage IP addresses"
msgstr "Gérer les adresses IP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Each instance has a private, fixed IP address and can also have a public, or"
" floating, address. Private IP addresses are used for communication between "
"instances, and public addresses are used for communication with networks "
"outside the cloud, including the Internet."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch an instance, it is automatically assigned a private IP "
"address that stays the same until you explicitly terminate the instance. "
"Rebooting an instance has no effect on the private IP address."
msgstr "Lorsque vous lancez une instance, il lui sera automatiquement assigné une adresse IP privée qui restera la même jusqu'à ce que vous terminiez explicitement l'instance. Un redemarrage de l'instance n'a pas d'effet sur l'adresse IP privée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"A pool of floating IP addresses, configured by the cloud administrator, is "
"available in OpenStack Compute. The project quota defines the maximum number"
" of floating IP addresses that you can allocate to the project. After you "
"allocate a floating IP address to a project, you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"Associate the floating IP address with an instance of the project. Only one "
"floating IP address can be allocated to an instance at any given time."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml27(para)
msgid "Disassociate a floating IP address from an instance in the project."
msgstr "Dissocier une adresse IP flottante d'une instance d'un projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"Delete a floating IP from the project; deleting a floating IP automatically "
"deletes that IP's associations."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml35(para)
msgid "Use the <placeholder-1/> commands to manage floating IP addresses."
msgstr "Utiliser la commande <placeholder-1/> pour gérer les adresses IP flottantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml38(title)
msgid "List floating IP address information"
msgstr "Liste des informations d'adresse IP flottante"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml41(para)
msgid "To list all pools that provide floating IP addresses, run:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"If this list is empty, the cloud administrator must configure a pool of "
"floating IP addresses."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"To list all floating IP addresses that are allocated to the current project,"
" run:"
msgstr "Pour lister toutes les adresses IP flottantes qui sont allouées au projet courant exécuter :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"For each floating IP address that is allocated to the current project, the "
"command outputs the floating IP address, the ID for the instance to which "
"the floating IP address is assigned, the associated fixed IP address, and "
"the pool from which the floating IP address was allocated."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml68(title)
msgid "Associate floating IP addresses"
msgstr "Associer des adresses IP flottantes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml69(para)
msgid "You can assign a floating IP address to a project and to an instance."
msgstr "Vous pouvez assigner une adresse flottante à un projet et à une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"Run the following command to allocate a floating IP address to the current "
"project. By default, the floating IP address is allocated from the "
"<systemitem>public</systemitem> pool. The command outputs the allocated IP "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml82(para)
msgid ""
"If more than one IP address pool is available, you can specify the pool from"
" which to allocate the IP address, using the pool's name. For example, to "
"allocate a floating IP address from the <literal>test</literal> pool, run:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"List all project instances with which a floating IP address could be "
"associated:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml100(para)
msgid "Associate an IP address with an instance in the project, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID"
msgstr "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml133(replaceable)
msgid "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml102(para)
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "Par exemple :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml106(para)
msgid "Notice that the instance is now associated with two IP addresses:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml114(para)
msgid ""
"After you associate the IP address and configure security group rules for "
"the instance, the instance is publicly available at the floating IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml116(para)
msgid ""
"If an instance is connected to multiple networks, you can associate a "
"floating IP address with a specific fixed IP address using the optional "
"<parameter>--fixed-address</parameter> parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
msgid "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml125(title)
msgid "Disassociate floating IP addresses"
msgstr "Dé-associer les adresse IP flottantes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml128(para)
msgid "Release a floating IP address from an instance, as follows:"
msgstr "Libérer une adresse IP flottante d'une instance, comme suit :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml132(para)
msgid "Release the floating IP address from the current project, as follows:"
msgstr "Libérer une adresse IP flottante d'un projet courant, comme suit :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml134(para)
msgid ""
"The IP address is returned to the pool of IP addresses that is available for"
" all projects. If the IP address is still associated with a running "
"instance, it is automatically disassociated from that instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml7(title)
msgid "Stop and start an instance"
msgstr "Démarrer et arrêter une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml8(para)
msgid "Use one of the following methods to stop and start an instance."
msgstr "Utilisez une des méthodes suivantes pour arrêter et démarrer une instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml11(title)
msgid "Pause and unpause an instance"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml14(para)
msgid "To pause an instance, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"This command stores the state of the VM in RAM. A paused instance continues "
"to run in a frozen state."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml18(para)
msgid "To unpause the instance, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml24(title)
msgid "Suspend and resume an instance"
msgstr "Suspend and Resume (suspendre et reprendre)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"Administrative users might want to suspend an instance if it is infrequently"
" used or to perform system maintenance. When you suspend an instance, its VM"
" state is stored on disk, all memory is written to disk, and the virtual "
"machine is stopped. Suspending an instance is similar to placing a device in"
" hibernation; memory and vCPUs become available to create other instances."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"To initiate a hypervisor-level suspend operation, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml39(para)
msgid "To resume a suspended instance, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml46(title)
msgid "Shelve and unshelve an instance"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"Shelving is useful if you have an instance that you are not using, but would"
" like retain in your list of servers. For example, you can stop an instance "
"at the end of a work week, and resume work again at the start of the next "
"week. All associated data and resources are kept; however, anything still in"
" memory is not retained. If a shelved instance is no longer needed, it can "
"also be entirely removed."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml52(para)
msgid "You can complete the following shelving tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml54(term)
msgid "Shelve an instance"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml55(para)
msgid ""
"Shuts down the instance, and stores it together with associated data and "
"resources (a snapshot is taken if not volume backed). Anything in memory is "
"lost. Use the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml58(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml63(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml70(replaceable)
msgid "SERVERNAME"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml61(term)
msgid "Unshelve an instance"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml62(para)
msgid "Restores the instance:"
msgstr "Restaure l'instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml66(term)
msgid "Remove a shelved instance"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml67(para)
msgid ""
"Removes the instance from the server; data and resource associations are "
"deleted. If an instance is no longer needed, you can move that instance off "
"the hypervisor in order to minimize resource usage:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage instances and hosts"
msgstr "Gérer les instances et les hôtes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud on physical compute"
" nodes. The Compute service manages instances. A host is the node on which a"
" group of instances resides."
msgstr "Les instances sont des machines virtuelles qui fonctionne dans le cloud sur des nœuds physique de calcul. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes how to perform the different tasks involved in "
"instance management, such as adding floating IP addresses, stopping and "
"starting instances, and terminating instances. This section also discusses "
"node management tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml9(title)
msgid "OpenStack End User Guide"
msgstr "Guide Utilisateur Final d'OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml10(titleabbrev)
msgid "End User Guide"
msgstr "Guide Utilisateur Final"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml18(orgname)
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml23(holder)
msgid "OpenStack Foundation"
msgstr "Fondation OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml22(year)
msgid "2014"
msgstr "2014"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml25(releaseinfo)
msgid "current"
msgstr "en cours"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml26(productname)
msgid "OpenStack"
msgstr "OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml30(remark)
msgid "Copyright details are filled in by the template."
msgstr "Les détails sur les droits d'auteurs sont remplis par le modèle."
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml35(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack is an open-source cloud computing platform for public and private "
"clouds. A series of interrelated projects deliver a cloud infrastructure "
"solution. This guide shows OpenStack end users how to create and manage "
"resources in an OpenStack cloud with the OpenStack dashboard and OpenStack "
"client commands."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml42(para)
msgid "This guide documents OpenStack Icehouse and OpenStack Havana releases."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml47(date)
msgid "2014-05-09"
msgstr "09-05-2014"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml51(para)
msgid "Add a command line cheat sheet."
msgstr "Ajouter une antisèche en ligne de commande."
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml58(date)
msgid "2014-04-17"
msgstr "2014-04-17"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"For the Icehouse release, this guide has been updated with changes to the "
"dashboard plus the moving of the command reference appendix as indicated "
"below."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml72(date)
msgid "2014-01-31"
msgstr "2014-01-31"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"Removed the command reference appendix. This information is now in the <link"
" href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/cli-"
"reference/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack Command-Line Interface "
"Reference</citetitle></link>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml86(date)
msgid "2013-12-30"
msgstr "2013-12-30"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml90(para)
msgid "Added the OpenStack Python SDK chapter."
msgstr "Ajouté le chapitre OpenStack Python SDK."
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml97(date)
msgid "2013-10-17"
msgstr "2013-10-17"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml101(para)
msgid "Havana release."
msgstr "Havana lancement."
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml107(date)
msgid "2013-08-19"
msgstr "19-08-2013"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml111(para)
msgid "Editorial changes."
msgstr "Changement éditorial"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml117(date)
msgid "2013-07-29"
msgstr "2013-07-29"
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml121(para)
msgid "First edition of this document."
msgstr "Première édition de ce document. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml8(title)
msgid "Use snapshots to migrate instances"
msgstr "Utiliser les instantanés pour migrer des instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use snapshots to migrate instances from OpenStack projects to clouds, "
"complete these steps."
msgstr "Pour utiliser les instantanés pour migrer les instances des projets OpenStack vers les clouds, veuillez compléter ces étapes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml12(para)
msgid "In the source project, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "Dans le projet source, réaliser les étapes suivantes :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml15(link)
msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance."
msgstr "Créer un instantané de l'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml18(link)
msgid "Download the snapshot as an image."
msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané comme une image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml22(para)
msgid "In the destination project, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "Dans le projet destination, réaliser les étapes suivantes :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml25(link)
msgid "Import the snapshot to the new environment."
msgstr "Importer l'instantané dans le nouvel environnement."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml28(link)
msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot."
msgstr "Démarrer une nouvelle instance depuis un instantané."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml33(para)
msgid "Some cloud providers allow only administrators to perform this task."
msgstr "Certains fournisseurs de cloud n'autorisent uniquement que les administrateurs à réaliser cette tâche."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml36(title)
msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance"
msgstr "Créer un instantané de l'instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"Shut down the source VM before you take the snapshot to ensure that all data"
" is flushed to disk. If necessary, list the instances to view get the "
"instance name."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to confirm that the instance shows a "
"<literal>SHUTOFF</literal> status."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to take a snapshot. Use the "
"<placeholder-2/> command to check the status until the status is "
"<literal>ACTIVE</literal>:"
msgstr "Utiliser la commande <placeholder-1/> pour prendre un instantané. Utiliser la commande <placeholder-2/> pour vérifier le status pendant que celui-ci est <literal>ACTIVE</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml79(title)
msgid "Download the snapshot as an image"
msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané comme une image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml82(para)
msgid "Get the image ID:"
msgstr "Obtenir l'ID de l'image: "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"Download the snapshot by using the image ID that was returned in the "
"previous step:"
msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané en utilisant l'ID de l'image fournie à l'étape précédente:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"The <placeholder-1/> command requires the image ID and cannot use the image "
"name."
msgstr "La commande <placeholder-1/> requiert l'ID de l'image et ne peut utiliser le nom de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"Ensure there is sufficient space on the destination file system for the "
"image file."
msgstr "S'assurer qu'il y a assez d'espace sur le système de destination du fichier pour le fichier image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml104(para)
msgid ""
"Make the image available to the new environment, either through HTTP or with"
" direct upload to a machine (<placeholder-1/>)."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml110(title)
msgid "Import the snapshot to new environment"
msgstr "Importer l'instantané dans le nouvel environnement"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml111(para)
msgid "In the new project or cloud environment, import the snapshot:"
msgstr "Dans le nouveau projet ou nouveau environnement cloud, importer l'instantané:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml113(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE_URL"
msgstr "IMAGE_URL"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml116(title)
msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot"
msgstr "Démarrer une nouvelle instance depuis l'instantané"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"In the new project or cloud environment, use the snapshot to create the new "
"instance:"
msgstr "Dans le nouveau projet ou le nouvel environnement cloud, utiliser un instantané pour créer une nouvelle instance:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml11(title)
msgid "Store metadata on a configuration drive"
msgstr "Store métadonnées sur un lecteur de configuration"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"You can configure OpenStack to write metadata to a special configuration "
"drive that attaches to the instance when it boots. The instance can mount "
"this drive and read files from it to get information that is normally "
"available through the <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-"
"cloud/content/section_metadata-service.html\">metadata service</link>. This "
"metadata is different from the user data."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"One use case for using the configuration drive is to pass a networking "
"configuration when you do not use DHCP to assign IP addresses to instances. "
"For example, you might pass the IP address configuration for the instance "
"through the configuration drive, which the instance can mount and access "
"before you configure the network settings for the instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"Any modern guest operating system that is capable of mounting an ISO 9660 or"
" VFAT file system can use the configuration drive."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml28(title)
msgid "Requirements and guidelines"
msgstr "Configurations et conseils"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"To use the configuration drive, you must follow the following requirements "
"for the compute host and image."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml32(title)
msgid "Compute host requirements"
msgstr "Configuration hôte requise"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"The following hypervisors support the configuration drive: libvirt, "
"XenServer, Hyper-V, and VMware."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml38(para)
msgid ""
"To use configuration drive with libvirt, XenServer, or VMware, you must "
"first install the <package>genisoimage</package> package on each compute "
"host. Otherwise, instances do not boot properly."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> flag to set the path where you "
"install the <package>genisoimage</package> program. If "
"<package>genisoimage</package> is in same path as the <systemitem "
"class=\"service\">nova-compute</systemitem> service, you do not need to set "
"this flag."
msgstr "Utilisez le flag <literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> pour définir le chemin sur lequel vous installez le programme <package>genisoimage</package>. Si <package>genisoimage</package> est dans le même chemin que le service <systemitem class=\"service\">nova-compute</systemitem>, vous n'avez pas besoin de définir ce flag."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the "
"<literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> value to the full path to an "
"<literal>mkisofs.exe</literal> installation. Additionally, you must set the "
"<literal>qemu_img_cmd</literal> value in the <literal>hyperv</literal> "
"configuration section to the full path to an <literal>qemu-img</literal> "
"command installation."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml63(title)
msgid "Image requirements"
msgstr "images requises"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"An image built with a recent version of the <package>cloud-init</package> "
"package can automatically access metadata passed through the configuration "
"drive. The <package>cloud-init</package> package version 0.7.1 works with "
"Ubuntu and Fedora based images, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"If an image does not have the <package>cloud-init</package> package "
"installed, you must customize the image to run a script that mounts the "
"configuration drive on boot, reads the data from the drive, and takes "
"appropriate action such as adding the public key to an account. See <xref "
"linkend=\"config_drive_contents\"/> for details about how data is organized "
"on the configuration drive."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml83(para)
msgid ""
"If you use Xen with a configuration drive, use the "
"<literal>xenapi_disable_agent</literal> configuration parameter to disable "
"the agent."
msgstr "si vous utilisez Xen avec un lecteur de configuration, utiliser le <literal>xenapi_disable_agent</literal> paramètre de configuration pour désactiver l'agent."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml90(title)
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr "Conseils"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"Do not rely on the presence of the EC2 metadata in the configuration drive, "
"because this content might be removed in a future release. For example, do "
"not rely on files in the <filename>ec2</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"When you create images that access configuration drive data and multiple "
"directories are under the <filename>openstack</filename> directory, always "
"select the highest API version by date that your consumer supports. For "
"example, if your guest image supports the 2012-03-05, 2012-08-05, and "
"2013-04-13 versions, try 2013-04-13 first and fall back to a previous "
"version if 2013-04-13 is not present."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml110(title)
msgid "Enable and access the configuration drive"
msgstr "Activer et accéfer au lecteur de configuration."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"To enable the configuration drive, pass the <literal>--config-drive "
"true</literal> parameter to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"The following example enables the configuration drive and passes user data, "
"two files, and two key/value metadata pairs, all of which are accessible "
"from the configuration drive:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml122(para)
msgid ""
"You can also configure the Compute service to always create a configuration "
"drive by setting the following option in the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml127(para)
msgid ""
"If a user passes the <literal>--config-drive true</literal> flag to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command, an administrator cannot disable the configuration "
"drive."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml135(para)
msgid ""
"If your guest operating system supports accessing disk by label, you can "
"mount the configuration drive as the <filename>/dev/disk/by-"
"label/<replaceable>configurationDriveVolumeLabel</replaceable></filename> "
"device. In the following example, the configuration drive has the "
"<filename>config-2</filename> volume label."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml143(para)
msgid ""
"Ensure that you use at least version 0.3.1 of CirrOS for configuration drive"
" support."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que vous utilisez au moins la version 0.3.1 de CirrOS pour le support du lecteur de configuration."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml146(para)
msgid ""
"If your guest operating system does not use <literal>udev</literal>, the "
"<filename>/dev/disk/by-label</filename> directory is not present."
msgstr "Si votre système d'exploitation client n'utilise pas <literal>udev</literal>, le <filename>/dev/disk/by-label</filename> répertoire n'est pas présent."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml150(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <placeholder-1/> command to identify the block device that "
"corresponds to the configuration drive. For example, when you boot the "
"CirrOS image with the <literal>m1.tiny</literal> flavor, the device is "
"<filename>/dev/vdb</filename>:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser la <placeholder-1/>commande pour identifier le dispositif de bloc qui correspond à la commande de configuration. Par exemple, quand vous démarrez l'image CirrOS avec le literal>m1.tiny</literal> version, le périphérique est <filename>/dev/vdb</filename>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml158(para)
msgid "Once identified, you can mount the device:"
msgstr "Une fois identifié, vous pouvez monter le dispositif:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml165(title)
msgid "Configuration drive contents"
msgstr "Contenu du disque de configuration"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml166(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the contents of the configuration drive are as follows:"
msgstr "Dans cet exemple, les contenus du lecteur de configuration sont les suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml179(para)
msgid ""
"The files that appear on the configuration drive depend on the arguments "
"that you pass to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Les fichiers qui apparaissent sur le disque de configuration dépend sur les arguments que vous passez à la <placeholder-1/> commande. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml184(title)
msgid "OpenStack metadata format"
msgstr "Formater métadonné OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml185(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the contents of the "
"<filename>openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json</filename> and "
"<filename>openstack/latest/meta_data.json</filename> files. These files are "
"identical. The file contents are formatted for readability."
msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre les contenus des fichiers <filename>openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json</filename> et <filename>openstack/latest/meta_data.json</filename>. Ces fichiers sont identiques. Le contenu des fichiers est formaté pour la lisibilité."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml191(para)
msgid ""
"Note the effect of the <literal>--file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser"
"/instance-interfaces</literal> argument that was passed to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command. The contents of this file are contained in the "
"<filename>openstack/content/0000</filename> file on the configuration drive,"
" and the path is specified as <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> "
"in the <filename>meta_data.json</filename> file."
msgstr "Notez l'effet de l'argument <literal>--file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser/instance-interfaces</literal> qui a été passé à la commande. Les contenus de ce fichier sont contenues dans le fichier <filename>openstack/content/0000</filename> sur le lecteur de configuration, et le chemin d'accès est spécifié en tant <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> dans le fichier <filename>meta_data.json</filename>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml202(title)
msgid "EC2 metadata format"
msgstr "EC2 format metadonnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml203(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the contents of the <filename>ec2/2009-04-04"
"/meta-data.json</filename> and the <filename>ec2/latest/meta-"
"data.json</filename> files. These files are identical. The file contents are"
" formatted to improve readability."
msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre le contenu des fichiers <filename>ec2/2009-04-04/meta-data.json</filename> et <filename>ec2/latest/meta-data.json</filename>. Ces ficheirs sont identiques. Le contenu des fichiers est formaté pour améliorer la lisibilité."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml211(title)
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Données utilisateur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml212(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>openstack/2012-08-10/user_data</filename>, "
"<filename>openstack/latest/user_data</filename>, <filename>ec2/2009-04-04"
"/user-data</filename>, and <filename>ec2/latest/user-data</filename> file "
"are present only if the <literal>--user-data</literal> flag and the contents"
" of the user data file are passed to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Les fichiers <filename>openstack/2012-08-10/user_data</filename>, <filename>openstack/latest/user_data</filename>, <filename>ec2/2009-04-04/user-data</filename>, et <filename>ec2/latest/user-data</filename> sont présents seulement si le flag et le contenu du fichier de données de l'utilisateur sont transmis à la commande."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml222(title)
msgid "Configuration drive format"
msgstr "Format du lecteur de configuration."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml223(para)
msgid ""
"The default format of the configuration drive as an ISO 9660 file system. To"
" explicitly specify the ISO 9660 format, add the following line to the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "Le format par defaut du lecteur de configuration comme ISO 9660 le système de fichier. Pour spécifier explicitement le format ISO 9660, ajouter la ligne suivante au <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> fichier:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml229(para)
msgid ""
"By default, you cannot attach the configuration drive image as a CD drive "
"instead of as a disk drive. To attach a CD drive, add the following line to "
"the <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "Par défaut, vous ne pouvez pas joindre l'image du lecteur de configuration comme un lecteur de CD au lieu d'un lecteur de disque dur. Pour joindre un lecteur de CD, ajoutez la ligne suivante au fichier <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml234(para)
msgid ""
"For legacy reasons, you can configure the configuration drive to use VFAT "
"format instead of ISO 9660. It is unlikely that you would require VFAT "
"format because ISO 9660 is widely supported across operating systems. "
"However, to use the VFAT format, add the following line to the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "Pour des raisons historiques, vous pouvez configurer le disque de configuration pour utiliser le format VFAT la place de la norme ISO 9660. Il est peu probable que vous auriez besoin de format VFAT parce ISO 9660 est largement soutenue dans les systèmes d'exploitation. Toutefois, pour utiliser le format VFAT, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans le fichier <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml243(para)
msgid "If you choose VFAT, the configuration drive is 64MB."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez VFAT, le lecteur de configuration est de 64 Mo."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml7(title)
msgid "Delete an instance"
msgstr "Supprimer une instance "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml8(para)
msgid "When you no longer need an instance, you can delete it."
msgstr "Lorsque vous n'avez plus besoin d'une instance, vous pouvez la supprimer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml10(para)
msgid "List all instances:"
msgstr "Listez tous les instances:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"Run the <placeholder-1/> command to delete the instance. The following "
"example shows deletion of the <filename>newServer</filename> instance, which"
" is in <literal>ERROR</literal> state:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml23(para)
msgid "The command does not notify that your server was deleted."
msgstr "Vous ne recevrez aucune notification indiquant la suppression du server."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"To verify that the server was deleted, run the <placeholder-1/> command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml32(para)
msgid "The deleted instance does not appear in the list."
msgstr "L'instance qui a été supprimée ne s'affiche pas dans la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml14(title)
msgid "Create and access a database"
msgstr "Créer et accéder à une base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Assume that you have installed the Database service and populated your data "
"store with images for the type and versions of databases that you want, and "
"that you can create and access a database."
msgstr "Vérifier que vous avez installé le service Base de donnée et rempli votre espace de stockage avec des images pour les types et les versions de bases de donnée que vous voulez et ensuite vous pouvez créer et accéder à une base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml18(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to create and access a MySQL 5.5 database."
msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment créer et accéder à une base de donnée MySQL 5.5."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml20(title)
msgid "To create and access a database"
msgstr "Pour créer et accéder à une base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml22(title)
msgid "Determine which flavor to use for your database"
msgstr "Déterminer quel type d'instance à utiliser pour votre base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"When you create a database instance, you must specify a nova flavor. The "
"flavor indicates various characteristics of the instance, such as RAM, root "
"volume size, and so on. The default nova flavors are not sufficient to "
"create database instances. You might need to create or obtain some new nova "
"flavors that work for databases."
msgstr "Quand vous créez une instance de base de donnée, vous devez spécifier un type d'instance nova. Un type d'instance donnent plusieurs caractéristiques d'une instance, comme la RAM, la taille du volume root et plus encore. Les types d'instances nova par défaut ne sont pas suffisants pour créer des instances de base de donnée. Vous aurez peut-être besoin de créer ou d'obtenir de nouveaux types d'instance nova qui fonctionne pour des bases de donnée. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml27(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to list flavors by using the nova <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "La première étape est de lister les types d'instance en utilisant la commande nova <placeholder-1/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"Here are the default flavors, although you may have additional custom "
"flavors in your environment:"
msgstr "Voici les types d'instance par défaut, bien que vous puissiez avoir en plus des types d'instance particulières par défaut dans votre environnement :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml41(para)
msgid ""
"Now take a look at the minimum requirements for various database instances:"
msgstr "Consulter maintenant les prérequis minimums pour les instances des diverses bases de donnée:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml50(th)
msgid "Database"
msgstr "Base de données"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml51(th)
msgid "RAM (MB)"
msgstr "RAM (Mo)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml52(th)
msgid "Disk (GB)"
msgstr "Disque (Go)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml53(th)
msgid "VCPUs"
msgstr "VCPUs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml59(para)
msgid "MySQL"
msgstr "MySQL"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml62(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml104(para)
msgid "512"
msgstr "512"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml65(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml79(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml93(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml107(para)
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml68(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml82(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml96(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml110(para)
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml73(para)
msgid "Cassandra"
msgstr "Cassandra"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml76(para)
msgid "2048"
msgstr "2048"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml87(para)
msgid "MongoDB"
msgstr "MongoDB"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml90(para)
msgid "1024"
msgstr "1024"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml101(para)
msgid "Redis"
msgstr "Redis"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"If you have a custom flavor that meets the needs of the database that you "
"want to create, proceed to <xref linkend=\"create-database-instance\"/> and "
"use that flavor."
msgstr "Si vous avez un type d'instance particulier correspondant aux besoins de la base de donnée que vous voulez créer, passer à <xref linkend=\"create-database-instance\"/> et utiliser ce type d'instance. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml122(para)
msgid ""
"If your environment does not have a suitable flavor, an administrative user "
"must create a custom flavor by using the nova <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Si votre environnement ne possède pas un type d'instance qui convient, un utilisateur administratif doit créer un type d'instance particulier en utilisant la commande nova <placeholder-1/>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml128(title)
msgid "MySQL example"
msgstr "Exemple MySQL"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a flavor that you can use with a MySQL database. This "
"example has the following attributes:"
msgstr "Cet exemple crée un type d'instance que vous pouvez utiliser avec une base de donnée MySQL. Cet exemple a les attributs suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml134(para)
msgid "Flavor name: <literal>mysql_minimum</literal>"
msgstr "Nom de la base de donnée: <literal>mysql_minimum</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml137(para)
msgid ""
"Flavor ID: You must use an ID that is not already in use. In this example, "
"IDs 1 through 5 are in use, so use ID <literal>6</literal>."
msgstr "ID du type d'instance : Vous devez utilisez une ID qui n'est pas encore utilisée. Dans cet exemple, les ID de 1 à 5 sont prises, alors prenez ID <literal>6</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml141(para)
msgid "RAM: <literal>512</literal>"
msgstr "RAM: <literal>512</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml144(para)
msgid "Root volume size in GB: <literal>5</literal>"
msgstr "Taille du volume racine en Go: <literal>5</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml147(para)
msgid "Virtual CPUs: <literal>1</literal>"
msgstr "CPU virtuels: <literal>1</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml159(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a database instance with the following characteristics:"
msgstr "Cet exemple crée une instance de base de donnée avec les caractéristiques suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml162(para)
msgid "Name of the instance: <literal>mysql_instance_1</literal>"
msgstr "Nom de l'instance: <literal>mysql_instance_1</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml165(para)
msgid "Database flavor: <literal>6</literal>"
msgstr "Base de donnée d'un type d'instance: <literal>6</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml168(para)
msgid "In addition, this command specifies these options for the instance:"
msgstr "De plus, cette commande spécifie ces options pour l'instance :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml171(para)
msgid "A volume size of <literal>5</literal> (5 GB)."
msgstr "Une taille de volume de <literal>5</literal> (5 Go)."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml174(para)
msgid "The <literal>myDB</literal> database."
msgstr "La base de donnée <literal>myDB</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml177(para)
msgid ""
"The database is based on the <literal>mysql</literal> data store and the "
"<literal>mysql-5.5</literal> datastore_version."
msgstr "Cette base de donnée est basée sur le stockage de donnée <literal>mysql</literal> et sur le datastore_version <literal>mysql-5.5</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml181(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>userA</literal> user with the <literal>password</literal> "
"password."
msgstr "L'utilisateur <literal>userA</literal> avec le mot de passe <literal>password</literal> ."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml203(title)
msgid "Get the IP address of the database instance"
msgstr "Obtenir l'adresse IP de l'instance de la base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml204(para)
msgid ""
"First, use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to list all instances and "
"their IDs:"
msgstr "Premièrement, utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour lister toutes les instances et leurs ID:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml212(para)
msgid "This command returns the instance ID of your new instance."
msgstr "Cette commande renvoie l'ID de l'instance de votre nouvelle instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml213(para)
msgid ""
"You can now pass in the instance ID with the trove <placeholder-1/> command "
"to get the IP address of the instance. In this example, replace "
"<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> with <literal>5599dad6-731e-44df-"
"bb60-488da3da9cfe</literal>."
msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant passer l'ID de l'instance avec la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour obtenir l'adresse IP de l'instance. Dans cet exemple, remplacer <replaceable>ID_INSTANCE</replaceable> avec <literal>5599dad6-731e-44df-bb60-488da3da9cfe</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml232(para)
msgid "This command returns the IP address of the database instance."
msgstr "Cette commande retourne l'adresse IP de l'instance de la base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml235(title)
msgid "Access the new database"
msgstr "Accéder à la nouvelle base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml236(para)
msgid ""
"You can now access the new database you just created (myDB) by using typical"
" database access commands. In this MySQL example, replace "
"<replaceable>IP_ADDRESS</replaceable> with <literal>172.16.200.2</literal>."
msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant accéder à la nouvelle base de donnée que vous venez juste de créer (myDB) en utilisant les commandes typiques d'accès à une base de donnée. Dans cet exemple MySQL, remplacer <replaceable>ADRESSE_IP</replaceable> avec <literal>172.16.200.2</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml239(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(replaceable)
msgid "IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "ADDRESSE_IP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml252(title)
msgid "Backup the database instance"
msgstr "Sauvegarder l'instance de la base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml253(para)
msgid ""
"As background, assume that you have <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a "
"database instance</link> with the following characteristics:"
msgstr "Par ailleurs, vérifier que vous avez <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a database instance</link> avec les caractéristiques suivantes :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml257(para)
msgid "Name of the database instance: <literal>guest1</literal>"
msgstr "Nom de l'instance de la base de donnée: <literal>guest1</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml260(para)
msgid "Flavor ID: <literal>10</literal>"
msgstr "ID d'un type d'instance: <literal>10</literal> "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml263(para)
msgid "Root volume size: <literal>2</literal>"
msgstr "Taille du volume racine: <literal>2</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml266(para)
msgid "Databases: <literal>db1</literal> and <literal>db2</literal>"
msgstr "Bases de données: <literal>db1</literal> et <literal>db2</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml269(para)
msgid ""
"Users: The <literal>user1</literal> user with the "
"<literal>password</literal> password"
msgstr "Utilisateurs : L'utilisateur <literal>user1</literal> avec le mot de passe <literal>password</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml273(para)
msgid ""
"First, get the ID of the <literal>guest1</literal> database instance by "
"using the trove <placeholder-1/> command:"
msgstr "Premièrement, obtenir l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml281(para)
msgid ""
"Back up the database instance by using the trove <placeholder-1/> command. "
"In this example, the backup is called <literal>backup1</literal>. In this "
"example, replace <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> with "
"<literal>97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6</literal>:"
msgstr "Sauvegarder l'instance de la base de donnée en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>. Dans cet exemple, la sauvegarde est appelée <literal>backup1</literal>. Dans cet exemple, remplacer <replaceable>ID_INSTANCE</replaceable> avec <literal>97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml286(para)
msgid ""
"This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and "
"later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the backup name as the first "
"argument."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml303(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the command returns both the ID of the original instance "
"(<literal>instance_id</literal>) and the ID of the backup artifact "
"(<literal>id</literal>)."
msgstr "Noter que la commande retourne à la fois l'ID de l'instance originale (<literal>instance_id</literal>) et l'ID de l'artefact de la sauvegarde (<literal>id</literal>)."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml306(para)
msgid ""
"Later on, use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to get this information:"
msgstr "Plus tard, utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour obtenir cette information :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml314(para)
msgid ""
"You can get additional information about the backup by using the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command and passing in the "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>, which is <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-"
"8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
msgstr "Vous pouvez obtenir des informations complémentaires sur la sauvegarde en utilisant la sommande trove <placeholder-1/> et en passant dans le <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>, qui vaut <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml318(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml352(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml484(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml509(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml535(replaceable)
msgid "BACKUP_ID"
msgstr "ID_SAUVEGARDE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml335(title)
msgid "Restore a database instance"
msgstr "Restaurer l'instance d'une base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml336(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your <literal>guest1</literal> database instance is damaged "
"and you need to restore it. In this example, you use the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command to create a new database instance called "
"<literal>guest2</literal>."
msgstr "Supposons maintenant que l'instance de votre base de donnée <literal>guest1</literal> est abimée et que vous avez besoin de la restaurer. Dans cet exemple, vous utilisez la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour créer une nouvelle instance de base de donnée appelée <literal>guest2</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml341(para)
msgid ""
"You specify that the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance has the same "
"flavor (<literal>10</literal>) and the same root volume size "
"(<literal>2</literal>) as the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "Vous spécifiez que la nouvelle instance <literal>guest2</literal> a le même type d'instance (<literal>10</literal>) et la même taille de volume racine (<literal>2</literal>) que l'instance originale <literal>guest1</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml346(para)
msgid ""
"You use the <code>--backup</code> argument to indicate that this new "
"instance is based on the backup artifact identified by "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>. In this example, replace "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> with <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-"
"8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
msgstr "Vous utilisez l'argument <code>--backup</code> pour indiquer que cette nouvelle instance est basée sur un objet de sauvegarde identifié par <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>. Dans cet exemple, remplacer <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> par <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml368(title)
msgid "Verify backup"
msgstr "Vérifier la sauvegarde"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml369(para)
msgid ""
"Now check that the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance has the same "
"characteristics as the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "Vérifier maintenant que l'instance du nouveau <literal>guest2</literal> a les mêmes caractéristiques que l'instance originale <literal>guest1</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml371(para)
msgid "Start by getting the ID of the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance."
msgstr "Commencer en obtenant l'ID de la nouvelle instance <literal>guest2</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml379(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to display information about the new "
"guest2 instance. Pass in guest2's <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>, "
"which is <literal>ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b</literal>."
msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour afficher les informations sur la nouvelle instance guest2. Remplacer dans guest2 <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>, par <literal>ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml398(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the data store, flavor ID, and volume size have the same values as"
" in the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "Veuillez noter que le stockage de donnée, l'ID du type d'instance et la taille du volume ont les mêmes valeurs que dans l'instance originale <literal>guest1</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml400(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to check that the original databases "
"(<literal>db1</literal> and <literal>db2</literal>) are present on the "
"restored instance."
msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour vérifier que les bases de données originelles (<literal>db1</literal> et <literal>db2</literal>) sont présents dans l'instance restaurée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml412(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to check that the original user "
"(<literal>user1</literal>) is present on the restored instance."
msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour vérifier que l'utilisateur originel (<literal>user1</literal>) est présent dans l'instance restaurée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml422(title)
msgid "Notify users"
msgstr "Notifier les utilisateurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml423(para)
msgid ""
"Tell the users who were accessing the now-disabled <literal>guest1</literal>"
" database instance that they can now access <literal>guest2</literal>. "
"Provide them with <literal>guest2</literal>'s name, IP address, and any "
"other information they might need. (You can get this information by using "
"the trove <placeholder-1/> command.)"
msgstr "Dites aux utilisateurs accédant à l'instance de la base de donnée <literal>guest1</literal> maintenant désactivée qu'ils peuvent accéder à <literal>guest2</literal>. Leur fournir le nom de <literal>guest2</literal>, adresse IP et toutesles informations dont ils pourraient avoir besoin. (Vous pouvez obtenir ces informations en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>.) "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml429(title)
msgid "Clean up"
msgstr "Nettoyage"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml430(para)
msgid ""
"At this point, you might want to delete the disabled "
"<literal>guest1</literal> instance, by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "A cet instant, vous voudrez peut-être supprimer l'instance désactivée <literal>guest1</literal>, en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml437(title)
msgid "Use incremental backups"
msgstr "Utiliser les sauvegardes incrémentales"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml438(para)
msgid ""
"Incremental backups let you chain together a series of backups. You start "
"with a regular backup. Then, when you want to create a subsequent "
"incremental backup, you specify the parent backup."
msgstr "Les sauvegardes incrémentales vous permettent de chaîner ensemble une série de sauvegardes. Vous commencez avec une sauvegarde habituelle. Ensuite, quand vous voulez créer la sauvegarde incrémentale suivante, vous spécifiez le parent de la sauvegarde."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml441(para)
msgid ""
"Restoring a database instance from an incremental backup is the same as "
"creating a database instance from a regular backupthe Database service "
"handles the complexities of applying the chain of incremental backups."
msgstr "Restaurer une instance de base de donnée à partir d'une sauvegarde incrémentale est identique à créer une instance de base de donnée à partir d'une sauvegarde régulière. Le service Base de donnée traite la complexité du chaînage des sauvegardes incrémentales."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml444(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows you how to use incremental backups with a MySQL database."
msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment utiliser les sauvegardes incrémentales avec une base de donnée MySQL."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml446(title)
msgid "Assumptions"
msgstr "Hypothèses"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml447(para)
msgid ""
"Assume that you have <link linkend=\"backup_db\">created a regular "
"backup</link> for the following database instance:"
msgstr "S'assurer que vous avez <link linkend=\"backup_db\">created a regular backup</link> pour l'instance de la base de donnée qui suit:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml452(para)
msgid "Instance name: <literal>guest1</literal>"
msgstr "Nom de l'instance : <literal>guest1</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml455(para)
msgid ""
"ID of the instance (<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>): "
"<literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>"
msgstr "ID de l'instance (<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>) : <literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml459(para)
msgid ""
"ID of the regular backup artifact (<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>): "
"<literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
msgstr "ID d'un artefact d'une sauvegarde régulière (<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>): <literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml464(title)
msgid "To create and use incremental backups"
msgstr "Pour créer et utiliser des sauvegardes incrémentales"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml466(title)
msgid "Create your first incremental backup"
msgstr "Créer votre première sauvegarde incrémentale"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml467(para)
msgid "Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command and specify:"
msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove <placeholder-1/> et spécifier:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml470(para)
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> of the database instance you are "
"doing the incremental backup for (in this example, <literal>792a6a56-278f-"
"4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>)"
msgstr "L' <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> de l'instance de la base de donnée pour laquelle vous créez la sauvegarde incrémentale (dans cette exemple, <literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml475(para)
msgid ""
"The name of the incremental backup you are creating: "
"<literal>backup1.1</literal>"
msgstr "Le nom de la sauvegarde incrémentale que vous êtes en train de créer: <literal>backup1.1</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml479(para)
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> of the parent backup. In this case,"
" the parent is the regular backup, with an ID of "
"<literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
msgstr "Le <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> de la sauvegarde parent. Dans ce cas, le parent est la sauvegarde régulière, avec un ID de <literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml499(para)
msgid ""
"Note that this command returns both the ID of the database instance you are "
"incrementally backing up (<literal>instance_id</literal>) and a new ID for "
"the new incremental backup artifact you just created "
"(<literal>id</literal>)."
msgstr "Noter que la commande retourne à la fois l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée que vous sauvegardez de façon incrémentielle (<literal>instance_id</literal>) et la nouvelle ID de l'artefact de la nouvelle sauvegarde incrémentale que vous venez juste de créer (<literal>id</literal>)."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml504(title)
msgid "Create your second incremental backup"
msgstr "Créer votre seconde sauvegarde incrémentale"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml505(para)
msgid ""
"The name of your second incremental backup is <literal>backup1.2</literal>. "
"This time, when you specify the parent, pass in the ID of the incremental "
"backup you just created in the previous step (<literal>backup1.1</literal>)."
" In this example, it is <literal>1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-"
"43d7b8a7097e</literal>."
msgstr "Le nom de votre seconde sauvegarde incrémentale est <literal>backup1.2</literal>. Cette fois, quand vous spécifiez le parent, passez dans l'ID de la sauvegarde incrémentale que vous avez créée dans l'étape précédente (<literal>backup1.1</literal>). Dans cet exemple, c'est <literal>1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-43d7b8a7097e</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml526(title)
msgid "Restore using incremental backups"
msgstr "Restaurer en utilisant les sauvegardes incrémentales"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml527(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your <literal>guest1</literal> database instance is damaged "
"and you need to restore it from your incremental backups. In this example, "
"you use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to create a new database instance"
" called <literal>guest2</literal>."
msgstr "Supposons maintenant que l'instance de votre base de donnée <literal>guest1</literal> est abimée et que vous avez besoin de la restaurer à partir de vos sauvegardes incrémentales. Dans cet exemple, vous utilisez la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour créer une nouvelle instance de base de donnée appelée <literal>guest2</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml531(para)
msgid ""
"To incorporate your incremental backups, you simply use the "
"<code>--backup</code> parameter to pass in the "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> of your most recent incremental backup."
" The Database service handles the complexities of applying the chain of all "
"previous incremental backups."
msgstr "Pour incorporer vos sauvegardes incrémentales, vous utilisez simplement le paramètre <code>--backup</code> pour passer dans <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> de votre sauvegarde incrémentale la plus récente. Le service Base de donnée de charge de la complexité de l'application du chaînage de toutes les sauvegardes incrémentales. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml557(title)
msgid "Manage database configuration"
msgstr "Gestion de la configuration de la base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml558(para)
msgid ""
"You can manage database configuration tasks by using configuration groups. "
"Configuration groups let you set configuration options, in bulk, on one or "
"more databases."
msgstr "Vous pouvez gérer les tâches de configuration de la base de donnée en utilisant les groupes de configuration. Les groupes de configuration vous laissent positionner les options de configurations, par morceaux sur une ou plusieurs bases de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml560(para)
msgid ""
"This example assumes you have <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a MySQL "
"database</link> and shows you how to use a configuration group to configure "
"it. Although this example sets just one option on one database, you can use "
"these same procedures to set multiple options on multiple database instances"
" throughout your environment. This can provide significant time savings in "
"managing your cloud."
msgstr "Cet exemple suppose que vous avez <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a MySQL database</link> et vous affiche comment utiliser un groupe de configuration pour le configurer. Bien que cet exemple positionne juste une option sur une seule base de donnée, vous pouvez utiliser les mêmes procédures pour positionner plusieurs options sur plusieurs instance de base de donnée dans tout votre environnement. Ceci peut vous fournir un gain de temps significatif dans la gestion de votre cloud. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml566(title)
msgid "To bulk-configure a database or databases"
msgstr "Pour configurer par morceaux une base de donnée ou des bases de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml568(title)
msgid "List available options"
msgstr "Lister les options disponibles"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml569(para)
msgid ""
"First, determine which configuration options you can set. Different data "
"store versions have different configuration options."
msgstr "Premièrement, déterminer quelles options de configuration vous pouvez positionner. Différentes versions du stockage de donnée ont différentes options de configuration."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml571(para)
msgid ""
"List the names and IDs of all available versions of the "
"<literal>mysql</literal> data store:"
msgstr "Lister les noms et les ID de toutes les versions disponibles du stockage de donnée <literal>mysql</literal> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml579(para)
msgid ""
"Pass in the data store version ID with the trove <placeholder-1/> command to"
" get the available options:"
msgstr "Passer l'ID de la version du stockage de donnée avec la commande trove <placeholder-1/> pour obtenir les options disponibles :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml582(replaceable)
msgid "DATASTORE_VERSION_ID"
msgstr "ID_VERSION_STOCKAGE_DONNÉE"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml621(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the <placeholder-1/> command returns a list of options that"
" work with MySQL 5.5."
msgstr "Dans cet exemple, la commande <placeholder-1/> retourne une liste d'options qui fonctionne avec MySQL 5.5."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml625(title)
msgid "Create a configuration group"
msgstr "Créer un groupe de configuration"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml626(para)
msgid ""
"A configuration group contains a comma-separated list of key-value pairs. "
"Each pair consists of a configuration option and its value."
msgstr "Un groupe de configuration contient une liste de paires de clés séparées par des virgules. Chaque paires consiste en une option de configuration et sa valeur. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml628(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a configuration group by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command. The general syntax for this command is:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez créer un groupe de configuration en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>. La syntaxe générale de cette commande est :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml631(replaceable)
msgid "VALUES"
msgstr "VALEURS"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml634(para)
msgid ""
"<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>. The name you want to use for this group."
msgstr "<replaceable>NOM</replaceable>. Le nom que vous voulez utiliser pour ce groupe."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml637(para)
msgid "<replaceable>VALUES</replaceable>. The list of key-value pairs."
msgstr "<replaceable>VALEURS</replaceable>. La liste des valeurs de paires de clés ."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml640(para)
msgid ""
"<replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable>. The name of the associated data "
"store."
msgstr "<replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable>. Le nom associé au stockage de donnée. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml644(para)
msgid ""
"Set <replaceable>VALUES</replaceable> as a JSON dictionary, for example:"
msgstr "Positionner <replaceable>VALUES</replaceable> comme un dictionnaire JSON, par exemple :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml646(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a configuration group called <literal>group1</literal>."
" <literal>group1</literal> contains just one key and value pair, and this "
"pair sets the <option>sync_binlog</option> option to <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr "Cet exemple crée un groupe de configuration appelé <literal>group1</literal>. <literal>group1</literal> contient juste une clé et une valeur et cette paire positionne l'option <option>sync_binlog</option> à <literal>1</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml661(title)
msgid "Examine your existing configuration"
msgstr "Examiner votre configuration existante"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml662(para)
msgid ""
"Before you use the newly-created configuration group, look at how the "
"<option>sync_binlog</option> option is configured on your database. Replace "
"the following sample connection values with values that connect to your "
"database:"
msgstr "Avant que vous n'utilisiez le groupe de configuration nouvellement créé, regarder comment l'option <option>sync_binlog</option> est configurée sur votre base de donnée. Remplacer les valeurs suivantes d'exemple de connexion avec les valeurs qui vous connectent à votre base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml674(para)
msgid ""
"As you can see, the <option>sync_binlog</option> option is currently set to "
"<literal>0</literal> for the <literal>myDB7</literal> database."
msgstr "Comme vous pouvez le voir, l'option <option>sync_binlog</option> est couramment positionnée à <literal>0</literal> pour la base de donnée <literal>myDB7</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml678(title)
msgid "Change the database configuration using a configuration group"
msgstr "Changer la configuration de la base de donnée en utilisant un groupe de configuration"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml679(para)
msgid ""
"You can change a database's configuration by attaching a configuration group"
" to a database instance. You do this by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command and passing in the ID of the database instance and the ID of the "
"configuration group."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml682(para)
msgid "Get the ID of the database instance:"
msgstr "Obtenir l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml689(para)
msgid "Get the ID of the configuration group:"
msgstr "Obtenir l'ID du groupe de configuration :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml696(para)
msgid "Attach the configuration group to the database instance:"
msgstr "Attacher un groupe de configuration à une instance de base de donnée :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml698(para)
msgid ""
"This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and "
"later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the configuration group ID as"
" the first argument."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml700(replaceable)
msgid "DB_INSTANCE_ID"
msgstr "ID_INSTANCE_DB"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml700(replaceable)
msgid "CONFIG_GROUP_ID"
msgstr "ID_GROUPE_CONFIGURATION"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml703(title)
msgid "Re-examine the database configuration"
msgstr "Ré-examiner la configuration de la base de donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml704(para)
msgid "Display the <option>sync_binlog</option> setting again:"
msgstr "Affiche encore les réglages de <option>sync_binlog</option> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml711(para)
msgid ""
"As you can see, the <option>sync_binlog</option> option is now set to "
"<literal>1</literal>, as specified in the <literal>group1</literal> "
"configuration group."
msgstr "Comme vous pouvez le constater, l'option <option>sync_binlog</option> est maintenant positionnée à <literal>1</literal>, comme spécifié dans le groupe de configuration <literal>group1</literal>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml717(title)
msgid "Conclusion"
msgstr "Conclusion"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml718(para)
msgid ""
"Using a configuration group to set a single option on a single database is "
"obviously a trivial example. However, configuration groups can provide major"
" efficiencies when you consider that:"
msgstr "Utiliser un groupe de configuration pour positionner une seule option sur une seule base de donnée est évidemment un exemple trivial. Cependant, les groupes de configuration peuvent fournir une efficacité majeure quand vous considérez ceci : "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml724(para)
msgid "A configuration group can specify a large number of option values."
msgstr "Un groupe de configuration peut spécifier un large nombre de valeurs optionnelles."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml727(para)
msgid ""
"You can apply a configuration group to hundreds or thousands of database "
"instances in your environment."
msgstr "Vous pouvez appliquer un groupe de configuration à des centaines de milliers d'instances de base de données dans votre environnement."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml731(para)
msgid ""
"Used in this way, configuration groups let you modify your database cloud "
"configuration, on the fly, on a massive scale."
msgstr "Utilisés ainsi, les groupes de configuration vous laissent modifier votre configuration de base de donnée de cloud, à la volée, sur de grandes échelles."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml734(title)
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "Maintenance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml735(para)
msgid ""
"There are also a number of useful maintenance features for working with "
"configuration groups. You can:"
msgstr "Il y a aussi un certain nombre de fonctionnalités utiles de maintenance pour travailler avec les groupes de configuration. Vous pouvez :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml740(para)
msgid ""
"Disassociate a configuration group from a database instance, using the trove"
" <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Dissocier un groupe de configuration d'une instance de base de donnée, en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml744(para)
msgid ""
"Modify a configuration group on the fly, using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "Modifier un groupe de configuration à la volée, en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml748(para)
msgid ""
"Find out what instances are using a configuration group, using the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Découvrir quelles instances utilisent un groupe de configuration, en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml752(para)
msgid ""
"Delete a configuration group, using the trove <placeholder-1/> command. You "
"might want to do this if no instances use a group."
msgstr "Supprimer un groupe de configuration, en utilisant la commande trove <placeholder-1/>. Vous voudrez peut-être faire ceci si aucune instance utilise ce groupe. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch and manage instances"
msgstr "Lancer et gérer l'instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"You can <link linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\">launch an "
"instance</link> from the following sources:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez <link linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\">lancer une instance</link> à partir des sources suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"Images uploaded to the OpenStack Image Service, as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_manage_images\"/>."
msgstr "Les images chargées dans le Service Image d'OpenStack sont décrites dans <xref linkend=\"dashboard_manage_images\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Image that you have copied to a persistent volume. The instance launches "
"from the volume, which is provided by the <systemitem class=\"service"
"\">cinder-volume</systemitem> API through iSCSI."
msgstr "Image que vous avez copiée dans une volume persistent. L'instance est lancée depuis un volume, qui est fourni par l'API <systemitem class=\"service\">cinder-volume</systemitem> à travers iSCSI."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml24(title)
msgid "Connect to your instance by using SSH"
msgstr "Connectez-vous à votre instance en utilisant SSH"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"To use SSH to connect to your instance, you use the downloaded keypair file."
msgstr "Pour utiliser SSH pour se connecter à votre instance, vous utilisez le fichier téléchargé de paire de clés. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"The user name is <literal>ubuntu</literal> for the Ubuntu cloud images on "
"TryStack."
msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur est <literal>ubuntu</literal> pour les images cloud Ubuntu sur TryStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml33(para)
msgid "Copy the IP address for your instance."
msgstr "Copie l'adresse IP pour votre instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to make a secure connection to the "
"instance. For example:"
msgstr "Utiliser la commande <placeholder-1/> pour effectuer une connexion sécurisée vers l'instance. Par exemple :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml42(para)
msgid "At the prompt, type <literal>yes</literal>."
msgstr "Sur l'invite de commande, tappez <literal>yes</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml48(title)
msgid "Track usage for instances"
msgstr "Suivi de l'usage des instances"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"You can track usage for instances for each project. You can track costs per "
"month by showing metrics like number of vCPUs, disks, RAM, and uptime for "
"all your instances."
msgstr "Vous pouvez suivre les utilisations des instances pour chaque projet. Vous pouvez suivre les coûts par mois en affichant les métriques comme le nombre de vCPU, de disques, de RAM et la durée de fonctionnement de toutes vos instances."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml55(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Overview</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Aperçu</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"To query the instance usage for a month, select a month and click "
"<guibutton>Submit</guibutton>."
msgstr "Pour afficher l'utilisation de l'instance pur un mois, sélectionnez un mois et cliquez sur <guibutton>Envoyer</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml64(para)
msgid ""
"To download a summary, click <guibutton>Download CSV Summary</guibutton>."
msgstr "Pour télécharger un résumé, cliquez sur <guibutton>Télécharger le résumé CSV</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml73(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Instances</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Instances</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml77(para)
msgid "Select the instance from which to create a snapshot."
msgstr "Sélectionner une instance pour créer un instantané."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>Create "
"Snapshot</guilabel>."
msgstr "Dans la colonne <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>, cliquer <guilabel>Créer un Instantané</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Snapshot dialog box, enter a name for the snapshot, and click "
"<guibutton>Create Snapshot</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Instantané, entrer un nom pour l'instantané et cliquer <guibutton>Créer un Instantané</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml86(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Images</guilabel> category shows the instance snapshot."
msgstr "La catégorie <guilabel>Images</guilabel> affiche les instantanés d'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"To launch an instance from the snapshot, select the snapshot and click "
"<guibutton>Launch</guibutton>. Proceed with <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\"/>."
msgstr "Pour lancer une instance depuis un instantané, sélectionnez l'instantané et cliquez sur <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>. Procéder à la section intitulée <xref linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml96(title)
msgid "Manage an instance"
msgstr "Manager une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml103(para)
msgid "Select an instance."
msgstr "Sélectionner une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml106(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>More</guilabel> list in the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> "
"column, select the state."
msgstr "Dans la liste <guilabel>Plus</guilabel> dans la colonne <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>, sélectionner l'état."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml108(para)
msgid ""
"You can resize or rebuild an instance. You can also choose to view the "
"instance console log, edit instance or the security groups. Depending on the"
" current state of the instance, you can pause, resume, suspend, soft or hard"
" reboot, or terminate it."
msgstr "Vous pouvez redimensionner ou reconstruire une instance. Vous pouvez aussi choisir d'afficher le journal de la console de l'instance. Suivant l'état courant de l'instance, vous pouvez faire une pause, reprendre, suspendre, faire un redémarrage soft ou hard ou mettre fin à l'instance. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml7(title)
msgid "Provide user data to instances"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"A <glossterm baseform=\"user data\">user data</glossterm> file is a special "
"key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware applications "
"in the guest instance can access. For example, one application that uses "
"user data is the <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit"
"\">cloud-init</link> system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu "
"that is available on various Linux distributions and which handles early "
"initialization of a cloud instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"You can place user data in a local file and pass it through the <parameter"
">--user-data &lt;user-data-file&gt;</parameter> parameter at instance "
"creation:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml7(title)
msgid "Access an instance through a console"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To access an instance through a VNC console, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml10(para)
msgid "The command returns a URL from which you can access your instance:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"To access an instance through a non-VNC console, specify the "
"<parameter>novnc</parameter> parameter instead of the "
"<parameter>xvpvnc</parameter> parameter."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_cli.xml10(title)
msgid "OpenStack command-line clients"
msgstr "Openstack line de commande clients"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use the information in this section, you should have a general "
"understanding of OpenStack Networking, OpenStack Compute, and the "
"integration between the two. You should also have access to a plug-in that "
"implements the Networking API v2.0."
msgstr "Pour utiliser l'information dans cette section, vous devez avoir connaissance générale de OpenStack Networking, OpenStack Compute et de l’intégration entre les deux. Vous devez avoir accès au plug-in qui implémente l'API Networking v2.0."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml16(para)
msgid "Make sure that you set the relevant environment variables."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que vous avez positionné les variables d'environnement concernées."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"As an example, see the sample shell file that sets these variables to get "
"credentials:"
msgstr "A titre d'exemple, voir les fichiers shell qui positionnent ces variables pour obtenir les identifiants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml21(replaceable)
msgid "password"
msgstr "Mot de passe"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml23(replaceable)
msgid "IPADDRESS"
msgstr "ADRESSE IP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml26(title)
msgid "Get credentials"
msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml27(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use the <code>get_credentials</code> method:"
msgstr "Les exemples dans cette section utilise la méthode <code>get_credentials</code>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_credentials()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "Utiliser la méthode <code>get_credentials()</code> pour remplir et obtenir un dictionnaire:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml44(title)
msgid "Get Nova credentials"
msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants Nova"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"Few examples in this section use the <code>get_nova_credentials</code> "
"method:"
msgstr "Quelques exemples dans cette section utilise la méthode <code>get_nova_credentials</code>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml57(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_nova_credentials()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "Utiliser la méthode <code>get_nova_credentials()</code> pour remplir et obtenir un dictionnaire:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml63(title)
msgid "Print values"
msgstr "Imprimer les valeurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml64(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use the <code>print_values</code> and "
"<code>print_values_server</code> methods:"
msgstr "Les exemples de cette section utilisent les méthodes <code>print_values</code> et <code>print_values_server</code>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"This code resides in the <filename>utils.py</filename> file, which all "
"samples import."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml100(para)
msgid "The following program creates a network:"
msgstr "Les programmes suivant créent un réseau:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml126(title)
msgid "List networks"
msgstr "Lister les réseaux"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml127(para)
msgid "The following program lists networks:"
msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent les réseaux:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml138(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml197(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml427(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>print_values</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_print_values\"/>."
msgstr "Pour <code>print_values</code> voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_print_values\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml143(title)
msgid "Create ports"
msgstr "Créer des ports"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml144(para)
msgid "The following program creates a port:"
msgstr "Les programmes suivant créent un port:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>get_nova_credentials</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "Pour <code>get_nova_credentials</code> voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml178(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>get_credentials</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "Pour <code>get_credentials</code> voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml183(title)
msgid "List ports"
msgstr "Liste de ports"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml184(para)
msgid "The following program lists ports:"
msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent des ports:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml202(title)
msgid "List server ports"
msgstr "Liste des ports de serveur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml203(para)
msgid "The following program lists the ports for a server:"
msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent les ports pour un serveur:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml239(title)
msgid "Create router and add port to subnet"
msgstr "Créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml240(para)
msgid ""
"This example queries OpenStack Networking to create a router and add a port "
"to a subnet."
msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de créer un routeur et d'ajouter un port au sous-réseau."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml243(title)
msgid "To create a router and add a port to a subnet"
msgstr "Pour créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml254(para)
msgid ""
"Get Nova Credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants Nova. Voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml266(para)
msgid "Create a router and add a port to the subnet:"
msgstr "Créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml290(title)
msgid "Create router: complete code listing"
msgstr "Créer un routeur: la liste complète du code"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml324(title)
msgid "Delete a network"
msgstr "Supprimer un réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml325(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to delete a network."
msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de supprimer un réseau."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml328(title)
msgid "To delete a network"
msgstr "Pour supprimer un réseau"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml335(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml411(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml461(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml510(para)
msgid "Get credentials. See <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants. Voir <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml340(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml416(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml466(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml515(para)
msgid ""
"Instantiate the <literal>neutron</literal> client object by using the "
"<literal>credentials</literal> dictionary object:"
msgstr "Instancier l'objet client <literal>neutron</literal> en utilisant l'objet dictionnaire <literal>credentials</literal>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml347(para)
msgid "Delete the network:"
msgstr "Supprimer un réseau:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml369(title)
msgid "Delete network: complete code listing"
msgstr "Supprimer un réseau: listing complet du code"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml399(title)
msgid "List routers"
msgstr "Liste de routeurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml400(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list all routers."
msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister tous les routeurs."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml403(title)
msgid "To list routers"
msgstr "Pour lister les routeurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml423(para)
msgid "List the routers"
msgstr "Liste les routeurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml433(title)
msgid "List routers: complete code listing"
msgstr "Liste des routeurs: listing complet du code"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml449(title)
msgid "List security groups"
msgstr "Liste les groupes de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml450(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list security groups."
msgstr "Cet exemple demande à gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister les groupes de sécurité."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml453(title)
msgid "To list security groups"
msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml473(para)
msgid "List Security groups"
msgstr "Liste les groupes de Sécurité"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml479(title)
msgid "List security groups: complete code listing"
msgstr "Liste des groupes de sécurité: listing complet du code"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml491(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Networking security groups are case-sensitive while the "
"<systemitem class=\"service\">nova-network</systemitem> security groups are "
"case-insensitive."
msgstr "Les groupes de sécurité de Gestion du Réseau OpenStack sont sensibles à la casse alors que les groupes de sécurité de <systemitem class=\"service\">nova-network</systemitem> ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml498(title)
msgid "List subnets"
msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml499(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list subnets."
msgstr "Cet exemple demande à gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister les sous-réseaux."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml502(title)
msgid "To list subnets"
msgstr "Pour lister les sous-réseaux"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml522(para)
msgid "List subnets:"
msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml528(title)
msgid "List subnets: complete code listing"
msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux : listing complet du code"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against a Compute endpoint"
msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès Compute"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against a Compute endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.client.html#novaclient.v1_1.client.Client\"> "
"novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès Compute, instanciez un objet <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.client.html#novaclient.v1_1.client.Client\"> novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client</link> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can instantiate a "
"<classname>novaclient.client.Client</classname> object and pass the version "
"number:"
msgstr "Alternativement, vous pouvez instancier un objet <classname>novaclient.client.Client</classname> et passer le numéro de version:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"If you authenticate against an endpoint that uses a custom authentication "
"back end, you must load the authentication plug-in and pass it to the "
"constructor."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"The Rackspace public cloud is an OpenStack deployment that uses a custom "
"authentication back end. To authenticate against this cloud, you must "
"install the <link href=\"https://pypi.python.org/pypi/rackspace-"
"novaclient/\"> rackspace-novaclient</link> library that contains the "
"Rackspace authentication plug-in, called <literal>rackspace</literal>. The "
"following Python code shows the additional modifications required to "
"instantiate a <classname>Client</classname> object that can authenticate "
"against the Rackspace custom authentication back end."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"If you set the <literal>OS_AUTH_SYSTEM</literal> environment variable, check"
" for this variable in your Python script to determine whether you need to "
"load a custom authentication back end:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml7(title)
msgid "Search for an instance using IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"You can search for an instance using the IP address parameter, "
"<literal>--ip</literal>, with the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(parameter)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(parameter)
msgid "ip"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the results of a search on "
"<filename>10.0.0.4</filename>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(replaceable)
msgid "10.0.0.4"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch and manage stacks"
msgstr "Lancer et gérer des piles"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Orchestration is a service that you can use to orchestrate "
"multiple composite cloud applications. This service supports use of both the"
" Amazon Web Services (AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a "
"Query API that is compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack "
"<glossterm>Heat Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> format through a "
"REST API."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml31(title)
msgid "Launch a stack"
msgstr "Lancer une pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Stacks</guibutton> in the <guilabel>Orchestration</guilabel> "
"category on the <guilabel>Projects</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guibutton>Piles</guibutton> dans la catégorie <guilabel>Orchestration</guilabel> de l'onglet <guilabel>Projets</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml40(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch Stack</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Lancer la pile </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Select Template</guilabel> dialog box, specify the "
"following values."
msgstr "Dans la boite dialogue <guilabel>Modèle Sélectionné</guilabel>, spécifiez les valeurs suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml51(guilabel)
msgid "Template Source"
msgstr "Source du modèle"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml52(para)
msgid "Choose the source of the template from the list."
msgstr "Choisissez la source du modèle dans la liste. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml55(guilabel)
msgid "Template URL/File/Data"
msgstr "Modèle URL/Fichier/Donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file"
" location, or directly include the template."
msgstr "Suivant la source que vous avez sélectionnée, entrer l'URL, naviguer jusqu'à l'emplacement du fichier ou inclure directement le modèle."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml61(guilabel)
msgid "Environment Source"
msgstr "Source de l'environnement"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"Choose the source of the environment from the list. The environment files "
"contain additional settings for the stack."
msgstr "Choisissez la source de l'environnement dans la liste. Les fichiers d'environnement contiennent des paramètres additionnels pour la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "Environment URL/File/Data"
msgstr "Environnement URL/Fichier/Donnée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml68(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file"
" location, or directly include the environment."
msgstr "Suivant la source que vous avez sélectionné, entrer l'URL, accéder à l'emplacement du fichier ou inclure directement l'environnement."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml76(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml194(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Prochain</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Stack</guilabel> dialog box, specify the following "
"values."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Lancer une Pile</guilabel>, spécifier les valeurs suivantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml87(guilabel)
msgid "Stack Name"
msgstr "Nom de la Pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml88(para)
msgid "Enter a name to identify the stack."
msgstr "Entrer un nom pour identifier la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml91(guilabel)
msgid "Creation Timeout (minutes)"
msgstr "Délai d'attente à la création (minutes)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the number of minutes that can elapse before the launch of the stack"
" times out."
msgstr "Spécifier le nombre de minutes qui peut s'écouler avant que le lancement de la pile ne s'interrompt. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Rollback On Failure"
msgstr "Retour arrière en cas d'échec"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box if you want if you want the service to roll back "
"changes if the stack fails to launch."
msgstr "Sélectionner cette case si vous voulez que le service revienne aux derniers changements en cas d'échec du lancement de la pile. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml102(guilabel)
msgid "Password for user \"demo\""
msgstr "mot de passe pour l'utilisateur \"demo\""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the password that the default user uses when the stack is created."
msgstr "Spécifier le mot de passe de l'utilisateur par défaut quand la pile est créée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml107(guilabel)
msgid "DBUsername"
msgstr "DBUsername"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml108(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the database user."
msgstr "Spécifier le nom de la base de donnée de l'utilisateur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml111(guilabel)
msgid "LinuxDistribution"
msgstr "LinuxDistribution"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml112(para)
msgid "Specify the Linux distribution that is used in the stack."
msgstr "Spécifier la distribution Linux qui est utilisée dans la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml116(guilabel)
msgid "DBRootPassword"
msgstr "DBRootPassword"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml117(para)
msgid "Specify the root password for the database."
msgstr "Spécifier le mot de passe root pour la base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml120(guilabel)
msgid "KeyName"
msgstr "Nom de la clé"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml121(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the key pair to use to log in to the stack."
msgstr "Spécifier le nom de la paire de clés utilisée pour se connecter à la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml125(guilabel)
msgid "DBName"
msgstr "DBName"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml126(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the database."
msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour la base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml129(guilabel)
msgid "DBPassword"
msgstr "DBPassword"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml130(para)
msgid "Specify the password for the database."
msgstr "Spécifier un mot de passe pour la base de donnée."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml133(guilabel)
msgid "InstanceType"
msgstr "Type d'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml134(para)
msgid "Specify the flavor for the instance."
msgstr "Spécifier les spécifications de cette instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml140(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Launch</guilabel> to create a stack."
msgstr "Cliquer <guilabel> lancer </guilabel> pour créer une pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml144(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Stacks</guilabel> tab shows the stack."
msgstr "L'onglet <guilabel>Piles</guilabel> montre la pile. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml147(para)
msgid ""
"After the stack is created, click on the stack name to see the following "
"details:"
msgstr "Après que la pile soit créée, cliquez sur le nom de la pile pour voir les détails suivants:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml151(guilabel)
msgid "Topology"
msgstr "Topologie"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml153(para)
msgid "The topology of the stack."
msgstr "La topologie de la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml157(guilabel)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml159(para)
msgid "The parameters and details of the stack."
msgstr "Les paramètres et détails de la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml163(guilabel)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Ressources"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml165(para)
msgid "The resources used by the stack."
msgstr "Les ressources utilisée par la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml169(guilabel)
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Événements"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml171(para)
msgid "The events related to the stack."
msgstr "Les évènements liés à la pile."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml177(title)
msgid "Manage a stack"
msgstr "Gérer une pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml180(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Stacks</guilabel>."
msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez sur <guilabel>Piles</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml184(para)
msgid "Select the stack that you want to update."
msgstr "Sélectionner la pile que vous voulez mettre à jour."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml187(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Change Stack Template</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Changer Modèle de Pile</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Select Template</guilabel> dialog box, select the new "
"template source or environment source."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Sélectionnner un Modèle</guilabel>, sélectionnez la source du nouveau modèle ou du nouvel environnement."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml195(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Update Stack Parameters</guilabel> window appears."
msgstr "La fenêtre <guilabel>Mise à jour des Paramètres de la Pile</guilabel> apparaît."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml198(para)
msgid "Enter new values for any parameters that you want to update."
msgstr "Entrer les nouvelles valeurs pour chaque paramètre que vous voulez mettre à jour."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml201(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Mise à jour</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml206(title)
msgid "Delete a stack"
msgstr "Supprimer une pile"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml207(para)
msgid "When you delete a stack, you cannot undo this action."
msgstr "Quand vous supprimez une pile, vous ne pouvez pas annuler cette action."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml214(para)
msgid "Select the stack that you want to delete."
msgstr "Sélectionner la pile que vous souhaitez supprimer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml217(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Stack</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Supprimer la Pile </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml221(para)
msgid ""
"In the confirmation dialog box, click <guibutton>Delete Stack</guibutton> to"
" confirm the deletion."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue de confirmation, cliquez sur <guilabel>Supprimer Pile</guilabel> pour confirmer la suppression."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate"
msgstr "Authentifier"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"When using the SDK, you must authenticate against an OpenStack endpoint "
"before you can use OpenStack services. Each project uses a slightly "
"different syntax for authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"You must typically authenticate against a specific version of a service. For"
" example, a client might need to authenticate against Identity v2.0."
msgstr "Vous devez normalement vous authentifier à une version spécifique d'un service. Par exemple, un client pourrait avoir besoin de s'authentifier sur Identity v2.0."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Python scripts that use the OpenStack SDK must have access to the "
"credentials contained in the <link linkend=\"cli_openrc\">OpenStack RC "
"file</link>. Because credentials are sensitive information, do not include "
"them in your scripts. This guide assumes that users source the "
"<filename><replaceable>PROJECT</replaceable>-openrc.sh</filename> file and "
"access the credentials by using the environment variables in the Python "
"scripts."
msgstr "Le scripts Python qui utilisent le SDK OpenStack doivent avoir accès aux identifiants contenus dans le <link linkend=\"cli_openrc\">fichier RC OpenStack</link>. Parce que les identifiants sont des informations sensibles, il ne faut pas les inclure dans vos scripts. Ce guide présume que les utilisateurs source le fichier <filename><replaceable>PROJET</replaceable>-openrc.sh</filename> et accèdent aux identifiants en utilisant les variables d'environnements dans les scripts Python."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"When working with images in the SDK, you will call both "
"<literal>glance</literal> and <literal>nova</literal> methods."
msgstr "En travaillant avec les images du SDK, vous appellerez à la fois les méthodes <literal>glance</literal> et <literal>nova</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"To list the available images, call the "
"<methodname>glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list</methodname> method:"
msgstr "Pour lister les images disponibles, appeler la méthode <methodname>glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list</methodname> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>images</methodname> method returns a Python generator, as "
"shown in the following interaction with the Python interpreter:"
msgstr "La méthode <methodname>images</methodname> retourne un générateur Python, comme le montre l'interaction suivante avec l'interpréteur python:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml78(title)
msgid "Get image by ID"
msgstr "Obtenir une image par ID"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"To retrieve an image object from its ID, call the <methodname> "
"glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get</methodname> method:"
msgstr "Pour récupérer un objet image à partir de son ID, appelez la méthode <methodname> glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get</methodname>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml89(title)
msgid "Get image by name"
msgstr "Obtenir une image par nom"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"The Image Service Python bindings do not support the retrieval of an image "
"object by name. However, the Compute Python bindings enable you to get an "
"image object by name. To get an image object by name, call the <methodname> "
"novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find</methodname> method:"
msgstr "Les liaisons du Service d'Image Python ne ​​prennent pas en charge la récupération d'un objet de l'image par son nom. Toutefois, les liaisons Compute Python vous permettent d'obtenir un objet de l'image par son nom. Pour obtenir un objet de l'image par son nom, appelez la méthode <methodname> novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find</methodname> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"To upload an image, call the <methodname> "
"glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create</methodname> method:"
msgstr "Pour télécharger une image, appelez la méthode <methodname> glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create</methodname> :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml7(title)
msgid "Install the OpenStack SDK"
msgstr "Installer le SDK OpenStack"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Each OpenStack project has its own Python library. These libraries are "
"bundled with the command-line clients. For example, the Python bindings for "
"the Compute API are bundled with the <package>python-novaclient</package> "
"package."
msgstr "Chaque projet OpenStack dispose de sa propre bibliothèque Python. Ces bibliothèques sont livrés avec les clients en ligne de commande. Par exemple, les liaisons Python pour l'API Compute sont livrés avec le paquet <package>python-novaclient</package>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"For details about how to install the clients, see <link "
"linkend=\"install_clients\">install the OpenStack command-line "
"clients</link>."
msgstr "Pour plus de détails sur la façon d'installer les clients, voir <link linkend=\"install_clients\">install the OpenStack command-line clients</link>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"Before you launch an instance, you should add security group rules to enable"
" users to ping and use SSH to connect to the instance. Security groups are "
"sets of IP filter rules that define networking access and are applied to all"
" instances within a project. To do so, you either <link "
"linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\">add rules to the default security "
"group</link> or add a new security group with rules."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Key pairs are SSH credentials that are injected into an instance when it is "
"launched. To use key pair injection, the image that the instance is based on"
" must contain the <literal>cloud-init</literal> package. Each project should"
" have at least one key pair. For more information, see <xref "
"linkend=\"keypair_add\"/>."
msgstr "Les paires de clés sont des identifiants SSH qui sont injectés dans les instances lorsqu'elles sont lancées. Pour utiliser cette injection de paire de clés, l'image sur laquelle est basée l'instance doit contenir le paquet <literal>cloud-init</literal>. Chaque projet doit avoir au moins une paire de clés. Pour plus d'informations, voir <xref linkend=\"keypair_add\"/>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml21(para)
msgid ""
"If you have generated a key pair with an external tool, you can import it "
"into OpenStack. The key pair can be used for multiple instances that belong "
"to a project. For more information, see <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_import_keypair\"/>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a "
"fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP "
"address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is "
"terminated. However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP "
"address can also be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, "
"floating IP addresses are able to have their associations modified at any "
"time, regardless of the state of the instances involved."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml36(title)
msgid "Add a rule to the default security group"
msgstr "Ajouter une règle au groupe de sécurité par défaut"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"This procedure enables SSH and ICMP (ping) access to instances. The rules "
"apply to all instances within a given project, and should be set for every "
"project unless there is a reason to prohibit SSH or ICMP access to the "
"instances."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"This procedure can be adjusted as necessary to add additional security group"
" rules to a project, if your cloud requires them."
msgstr "Cette procédure peut être améliorée si nécessaire, afin d'ajouter des règles additionnelles au groupe de sécurité d'un projet, si votre cloud le nécessite. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel>. The <guilabel>Security Groups</guilabel> tab shows the "
"security groups that are available for this project."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Accès &amp; Sécurité</guilabel>. L'onglet <guilabel>Groupes de Sécurité</guilabel> affiche les groupes de sécurité disponible pour ce projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>default</guilabel> security group and click "
"<guibutton>Edit Rules</guibutton>."
msgstr "Sélectionner le groupe de sécurité <guilabel>default</guilabel> et cliquer <guibutton>Éditer les règles</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml59(para)
msgid "To allow SSH access, click <guibutton>Add Rule</guibutton>."
msgstr "Pour autoriser l'accès ssh, cliquer <guibutton>Ajouter une règle</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml63(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml106(para)
msgid "In the Add Rule dialog box, enter the following values:"
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Ajouter une Règle, entrer les valeurs suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml70(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml112(guilabel)
msgid "Rule"
msgstr "Règle"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml72(literal)
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml76(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml120(guilabel)
msgid "Remote"
msgstr "Distant"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml85(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml125(literal)
msgid "0.0.0.0/0"
msgstr "0.0.0.0/0"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"To accept requests from a particular range of IP addresses, specify the IP "
"address block in the <guilabel>CIDR</guilabel> box."
msgstr "Pour accepter les demandes d'une plage d'adresse particulière, indiquer le bloc d'adresse dans la <guilabel>CIDR</guilabel> liste"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml97(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml130(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Ajouter </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"Instances will now have SSH port 22 open for requests from any IP address."
msgstr "Les instances auront maintenant le port SSH 22 ouvert pour les requêtes de n'importe quelle adresse IP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml102(para)
msgid "To add an ICMP rule, click <guibutton>Add Rule</guibutton>."
msgstr "Pour ajouter une règle ICMP, cliquer <guibutton> Ajouter une Règle </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml113(literal)
msgid "All ICMP"
msgstr "All ICMP"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml116(guilabel)
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direction"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml117(literal)
msgid "Ingress"
msgstr "Entrée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml131(para)
msgid "Instances will now accept all incoming ICMP packets."
msgstr "Les instances accepteront maintenant les paquets ICMP entrants."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml138(para)
msgid "Create at least one key pair for each project."
msgstr "Créer au moins une paire de clés pour chaque projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml141(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml170(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml238(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Accès &amp; Sécurité</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml146(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guilabel>Keypairs</guilabel> tab, which shows the key pairs that "
"are available for this project."
msgstr "Cliquer sur l'onglet <guilabel>Paire de Clés</guilabel>, qui affiche les paires de clés disponibles pour ce projet."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml151(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Créer une paire de clés </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml155(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Keypair dialog box, enter a name for your key pair, and click "
"<guibutton>Create Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer une Paire de clés, entrer un nom pour votre paire de clés et cliquer <guibutton>Créer une Paire de Clés</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml161(para)
msgid "Respond to the prompt to download the key pair."
msgstr "Répondre au prompt pour télécharger la paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml180(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Import Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Importer la paire de clés </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml184(para)
msgid ""
"In the Import Keypair dialog box, enter the name of your key pair, copy the "
"public key into the <guilabel>Public Key</guilabel> box, and then click "
"<guibutton>Import Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Importer la Paire de clés, entrer le nom de votre paire de clés et copier la clé publique dans la boite <guilabel>Clé Publique</guilabel> et ensuite cliquer <guibutton>Importer Paire de clés</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml191(para)
msgid "Save the <filename>*.pem</filename> file locally."
msgstr "Sauve localement le fichier <filename>*.pem</filename>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml193(para)
msgid ""
"To change its permissions so that only you can read and write to the file, "
"run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour modifier ses permissions afin que vous seul puissiez lire et écrire dans le fichier, exécutez la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml196(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml212(replaceable)
msgid "yourPrivateKey"
msgstr "votre Clé Privée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml198(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using the dashboard from a Windows computer, use PuTTYgen to load"
" the <filename>*.pem</filename> file and convert and save it as "
"<filename>*.ppk</filename>. For more information see the <link "
"href=\"http://winscp.net/eng/docs/ui_puttygen\">WinSCP web page for "
"PuTTYgen</link>."
msgstr "Si vous utilisez le tableau de bord depuis un ordinateur Windows, utilisez PuTTYgen pour charger le fichier <filename>*.pem</filename> ,le convertir et le sauver sous <filename>*.ppk</filename>. Pour plus d'information, voir <link href=\"http://winscp.net/eng/docs/ui_puttygen\">WinSCP web page for PuTTYgen</link>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml210(para)
msgid "To make the key pair known to SSH, run the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "Pour rendre la paire de clés visible de SSH, lancer la commande <placeholder-1/> ."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml215(para)
msgid "The Compute database registers the public key of the key pair."
msgstr "La base de donnée Compute enregistre la clé publique dans la paire de clés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml217(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard lists the key pair on the <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord liste les paires de clés dans l'onglet <guilabel>Accès &amp; Sécurité</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml221(title)
msgid "Allocate a floating IP address to an instance"
msgstr "Allouer une adresse IP flottante à une instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml222(para)
msgid ""
"When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a "
"fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP "
"address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is "
"terminated."
msgstr "Quand une instance est créée dans OpenStack, il lui attribuée automatiquement une adresse IP fixe dans le réseau dans laquelle l'instance est assignée. Cette adresse IP est associée de façon permanente à l'instance jusqu'à la fermeture de cette dernière."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml228(para)
msgid ""
"However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP address can also"
" be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, floating IP "
"addresses can have their associations modified at any time, regardless of "
"the state of the instances involved. This procedure details the reservation "
"of a floating IP address from an existing pool of addresses and the "
"association of that address with a specific instance."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml242(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guilabel>Floating IPs</guilabel> tab, which shows the floating IP"
" addresses allocated to instances."
msgstr "Cliquer sur l'onglet <guilabel>IP Flottantes</guilabel>, pour montrer les adresses IP flottantes allouées aux instances."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml247(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Allocate IP to Project</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Allouer une IP au Projet</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml250(para)
msgid "Choose the pool from which to pick the IP address."
msgstr "Choisir le groupe à partir duquel on prend les adresses IP."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml254(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Allocate IP</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Allouer une IP</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml257(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Floating IPs</guilabel> list, click <guibutton> "
"Associate</guibutton>."
msgstr "Dans la liste <guilabel>IP Flottantes</guilabel>, cliquer <guibutton>Associer</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml265(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>IP Address</guilabel> field is filled automatically, but you "
"can add a new IP address by clicking the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button."
msgstr "Le champ <guilabel>Adresse IP</guilabel> est rempli automatiquement mais vous pouvez ajouter une nouvelle adresse IP en cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>+</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml272(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Ports to be associated</guilabel> field, select a port from"
" the list."
msgstr "Dans le champs <guilabel>Ports à associer</guilabel>, sélectionner un port de la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml275(para)
msgid "The list shows all the instances with their fixed IP addresses."
msgstr "La liste montre toutes les instances avec leurs adresses IP fixes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml261(para)
msgid ""
"In the Manage Floating IP Associations dialog box, choose the following "
"options: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Gérer les Associations IP Flottantes, choisir les options suivantes: <placeholder-1/>"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml282(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Associate</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Associer</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml286(para)
msgid ""
"To disassociate an IP address from an instance, click the "
"<guibutton>Disassociate</guibutton> button."
msgstr "Pour dissocier une adresse IP d'une instance, cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Dissocier</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml288(para)
msgid ""
"To release the floating IP address back into the pool of addresses, click "
"the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and select the <guilabel>Release "
"Floating IP</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml8(title)
msgid "OpenStack Python SDK"
msgstr "OpenStack Python SDK"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"Use the OpenStack Python Software Development Kit (SDK) to write Python "
"automation scripts that create and manage resources in your OpenStack cloud."
" The SDK implements Python bindings to the OpenStack API, which enables you "
"to perform automation tasks in Python by making calls on Python objects "
"rather than making REST calls directly. All OpenStack command-line tools are"
" implemented using the Python SDK."
msgstr "Utilisez le OpenStack Python Software Development Kit (SDK) pour écrire des scripts d'automatisation en Python qui créent et gèrent les ressources de votre cloud OpenStack. Le SDK implémente des liaisons Python pour l'API OpenStack, qui vous permet d'effectuer des tâches d'automatisation en Python en faisant des appels sur des objets Python plutôt que de faire des appels REST directement. Tous les outils de ligne de commande OpenStack sont mises en œuvre à l'aide du SDK Python."
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml17(para)
msgid "You should also be familiar with:"
msgstr "Vous devez également être familiarisé avec:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml20(para)
msgid "RESTful web services"
msgstr "Services web RESTful"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml23(para)
msgid "HTTP/1.1"
msgstr "HTTP/1.1"
#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml26(para)
msgid "JSON and XML data serialization formats"
msgstr "Formats de sérialisation des données JSON et XML"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml7(title)
msgid "Change the size of your server"
msgstr "Changez la taille de votre serveur"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml8(para)
msgid "You change the size of a server by changing its flavor."
msgstr "Vous changez la taille d'un serveur en changeant son type d'instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"Show information about your server, including its size, which is shown as "
"the value of the flavor property."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml44(para)
msgid "The size (flavor) of the server is <literal>m1.small (2)</literal>."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml47(para)
msgid "List the available flavors with the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"To resize the server, pass the server ID or name and the new flavor to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command. Include the <literal>--poll</literal> parameter to"
" report the resize progress."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml68(para)
msgid "Show the status for your server:"
msgstr "Montrer l'état de votre serveur:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml75(para)
msgid "When the resize completes, the status becomes VERIFY_RESIZE."
msgstr "Quand le redimensionnement est terminé, le statut devient VERIFY_RESIZE. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml78(para)
msgid "Confirm the resize:"
msgstr "Confirmer le redimensionnement :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml80(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml86(para)
msgid "The server status becomes ACTIVE."
msgstr "Les statuts des serveurs deviennent ACTIVE."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml83(para)
msgid ""
"If the resize fails or does not work as expected, you can revert the resize:"
msgstr "SI le redimensionnement échoue ou ne fonctionne pas comme prévu, vous pouvez revenir en arrière :"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage objects and containers"
msgstr "Gérer les objets et conteneurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenStack Object Storage service provides the <placeholder-1/> client, "
"which is a command-line interface (CLI). Use this client to list objects and"
" containers, upload objects to containers, and download or delete objects "
"from containers. You can also gather statistics and update metadata for "
"accounts, containers, and objects."
msgstr "Le service Stockage Objet OpenStack fournit le client <placeholder-1/>, qui est une interface en ligne de commande (CLI). Utilisez ce client pour lister les objets et les conteneurs, charger les objets vers les conteneurs et télécharger ou supprimer des objets de conteneurs. Vous pouvez aussi recueillir des statistiques et mettre à jour les métadonnées pour les comptes, les conteneurs et les objets."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"This client is based on the native swift client library, "
"<literal>client.py</literal>, which seamlessly re-authenticates if the "
"current token expires during processing, retries operations multiple times, "
"and provides a processing concurrency of 10."
msgstr "Ce client est basé sur la bibliothèque native du client Swift, <literal>client.py</literal>, qui ré-authentifie de manière transparente si le jeton actuel expire au cours du traitement, réessaie les opérations plusieurs fois, et fournit un accès simultané de traitement de 10."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml21(title)
msgid "Create and manage containers"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des conteneurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"To create a container, run the following command and replace "
"<replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> with the name of your container."
msgstr "Pour créer un conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante et remplacer <replaceable>CONTENEUR</replaceable> par le nom de votre conteneur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml29(para)
msgid "To list all containers: run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour lister tous les conteneurs: exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml33(para)
msgid "To check the status of containers, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour vérifier le status des conteneurs, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> command with the "
"<replaceable>ACCOUNT</replaceable> or <replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> "
"names as parameters."
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande <placeholder-1/> avec les noms <replaceable>COMPTE</replaceable> ou <replaceable>CONTENEUR</replaceable> comme paramètres."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml62(title)
msgid "Manage access"
msgstr "Gérer les accès"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"Users have roles on accounts. For example, a user with the admin role has "
"full access to all containers and objects in an account. You can set access "
"control lists (ACLs) at the container level and support lists for read and "
"write access, which you set with the <literal>X-Container-Read</literal> and"
" <literal>X-Container-Write</literal> headers."
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml71(para)
msgid ""
"To give a user read access, use the <placeholder-1/> command with the "
"<parameter>-r</parameter> parameter. To give a user write access, use the "
"<parameter>-w</parameter> parameter."
msgstr "Pour donner un accès en lecture de l'utilisateur, utilisez la commande <placeholder-1/> avec le paramètre <parameter>-r</parameter>. Pour donner un accès utilisateur d'écriture, utilisez le paramètre <parameter>-w</parameter>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml74(para)
msgid ""
"The following example enables the <literal>testuser</literal> user to read "
"objects in the container:"
msgstr "L'exemple suivant permet à l'utilisateur <literal>testuser</literal> de lire des objets dans le conteneur:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml77(para)
msgid "You can also use this command with a list of users."
msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les commandes avec une liste d'utilisateurs"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"If you use StaticWeb middleware to enable Object Storage to serve public web"
" content, use <literal>.r:</literal>, followed by a list of allowed "
"referrers."
msgstr "Si vous utilisez StaticWeb middleware pour permettre à l'Object Storage de servir du contenu Web public, utilisez <literal>.r:</literal>, suivie d'une liste de référents autorisés."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml83(para)
msgid "The following command gives object access to all referring domains:"
msgstr "La commande suivante donne accès aux objets de tous les domaines référant:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml90(title)
msgid "Manage objects"
msgstr "Gérer les objets"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml93(para)
msgid "To upload an object to a container, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour charger un objet dans un conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml95(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml97(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml121(replaceable)
msgid "OBJECT_FILENAME"
msgstr "NOMFICHIER_OBJET"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml96(para)
msgid "To upload in chunks, for large files, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour charger par morceaux, pour les gros fichiers, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml97(replaceable)
msgid "CHUNK_SIZE"
msgstr "TAILLE_MORCEAU"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml100(para)
msgid "To check the status of the object, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour vérifier le status des objets, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml115(para)
msgid "To list the objects in a container, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour lister les objets du conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml119(para)
msgid "To download an object from a container:, run the following command:"
msgstr "Pour télécharger un objet depuis le conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage volumes"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des volumes"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"Volumes are block storage devices that you attach to instances to enable "
"persistent storage. You can attach a volume to a running instance or detach "
"a volume and attach it to another instance at any time. You can also create "
"a snapshot from or delete a volume. Only administrative users can create "
"volume types."
msgstr "Les volumes sont des dispositifs de stockage de bloc que vous attachez à des instances pour permettre un stockage persistant. Vous pouvez attaché un volume à une instance en cours d'exécution ou détacher un volume et l'attacher à une autre instance à tout moment. Vous pouvez également créer un instantané de volume ou supprimer un volume. Seuls les administrateurs peuvent créer des types de volume."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml16(title)
msgid "Create a volume"
msgstr "Créer un volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml19(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml137(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml171(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml213(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml252(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Volumes</guibutton>."
msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez <guibutton>Volumes</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml23(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml125(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> Créer un volume </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml24(para)
msgid "In the dialog box that opens, enter or select the following values."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue ouverte, entrer et sélectionner les valeurs suivantes."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml33(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Name"
msgstr "Nom du Volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml37(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the volume."
msgstr "Spécifiez un nom pour le volume."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml48(para)
msgid "Optionally, provide a brief description for the volume."
msgstr "Optionnellement, fournissez une courte description pour le volume."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml55(guilabel)
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml59(para)
msgid "Leave this field blank."
msgstr "Laisser ce champ vide"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml65(guilabel)
msgid "Size (GB)"
msgstr "Taille (Go)"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml69(para)
msgid "The size of the volume in gigabytes."
msgstr "La taille du volume en gigaoctets."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml76(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Source"
msgstr "Volume source"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml80(para)
msgid "Select one of the following options:"
msgstr "Sélectionnez une des options suivantes:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml83(guilabel)
msgid "No source, empty volume"
msgstr "Aucune source, volume vide"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml84(para)
msgid "Creates an empty volume."
msgstr "Crée un volume vide."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml85(para)
msgid "An empty volume does not contain a file system or a partition table."
msgstr "Un volume vide ne contient pas de système de fichier ou de table de partition."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml89(guilabel)
msgid "Snapshot"
msgstr "Instantané"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use snapshot as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the snapshot from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ s'affiche pour <guilabel>Utiliser un instantané comme source</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner un instantané depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Image"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use image as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the image from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour <guilabel>Utiliser une image comme source</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner une image depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>Availability Zone</guilabel> from the list. By default,"
" this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud provider (for"
" example, <literal>us-west</literal> or <literal>apac-south</literal>). For "
"some cases, it could be <literal>nova</literal>."
msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Zone de Disponibilité</guilabel> depuis la liste. Par défaut cette valeur est positionnée à la zone de disponibilité donnée par le fournisseur du cloud (par exemple, <literal>us-west</literal> ou <literal>apac-south</literal>). Dans certains cas, cela peut être <literal>nova</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml108(guilabel)
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "Volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml109(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use volume as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the volume from the list."
msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour <guilabel>Utiliser un volume comme source</guilabel>. Vous pouvez sélectionner un volume depuis la liste."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml115(para)
msgid ""
"Options to use a snapshot or a volume as the source for a volume are "
"displayed only if there are existing snapshots or volumes."
msgstr "Les options pour utiliser un instantané ou un volume comme source pour un volume sont affichées seulement s'ils existent des instantanés ou des volumes. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml128(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the volume on the <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre le volume dans l'onglet <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml132(title)
msgid "Attach a volume to an instance"
msgstr "Joindre un volume à l'instance"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"After you create one or more volumes, you can attach them to instances. You "
"can attach a volume to one instance at a time."
msgstr "Après avoir créer un ou plusieurs volumes, vous pouvez les joindre aux instances. Vous pouvez joindre un volume à chaque instance à chaque instant."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Select the volume to add to an instance and click <guibutton>Edit "
"Attachments</guibutton>."
msgstr "Sélectionner le volume à ajouter l'instance et cliquer <guibutton> modifier les pièces joints </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml145(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Manage Volume Attachments</guilabel> dialog box, select an "
"instance."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Gérer les Pièces Jointes du Volume </guilabel>, sélectionner une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml149(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the device from which the volume is accessible by the "
"instance."
msgstr "Entrer le nom du périphérique à partir duquel le volume est accessible par une instance."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml152(para)
msgid ""
"The actual device name might differ from the volume name because of "
"hypervisor settings."
msgstr "Le nom du périphérique actuel peut différer du nom de volume suivant les paramètres de l'hyperviseur."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml157(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Attach Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Joindre le Volume</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml158(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the instance to which the volume is now attached and the"
" device name."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord affiche l'instance à laquelle le volume est maintenant attribué et le nom du périphérique."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml162(para)
msgid ""
"You can view the status of a volume in the <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel> tab "
"of the dashboard. The volume is either Available or In-Use."
msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le statut d'un volume dans l'onglet <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel> du tableau de bord. Le volume est soit disponible où en cours d'utilisation."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml164(para)
msgid ""
"Now you can log in to the instance and mount, format, and use the disk."
msgstr "Maintenant, vous pouvez vous connecter, formater, et utiliser le disque."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml168(title)
msgid "Detach a volume from an instance"
msgstr "Détacher un volume à partir d'un exemple"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml175(para)
msgid "Select the volume and click <guibutton>Edit Attachments</guibutton>."
msgstr "Sélectionner le volume et cliquer <guibutton> modifier les pièces joints </guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml178(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Detach Volume</guibutton> and confirm your changes."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton> detacher le volume </guibutton> et confirmer vos modifications."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml182(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml262(para)
msgid "A message indicates whether the action was successful."
msgstr "Un message indique quand l'action a été réussit"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml185(title)
msgid "Create a snapshot from a volume"
msgstr "Créer un instantané à partir du volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml188(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml192(para)
msgid "Select a volume from which to create a snapshot."
msgstr "Sélectionner un volume à partir duquel créer une capture instantanée"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml195(para)
msgid ""
"From the <guilabel>More</guilabel> list, select <guilabel>Create "
"Snapshot</guilabel>."
msgstr "Dans la liste <guilabel>Plus</guilabel>, sélectionner <guilabel>Créer un Instantané</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml199(para)
msgid ""
"In the dialog box that opens, enter a snapshot name and a brief description."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue qui s'ouvre, entrer le nom de l'instantané et une brève description."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml203(para)
msgid "Confirm your changes."
msgstr "Confirmer vos modifications"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml204(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the new volume snapshot in <guilabel>Volume "
"Snapshots</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre l'instantané du nouveau volume dans l'onglet <guilabel></guilabel>. "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml210(title)
msgid "Edit a volume"
msgstr "Éditer un volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml222(para)
msgid ""
"On the <guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet <guilabel>Projet</guilabel>, cliquer <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml229(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>Edit "
"Volume</guilabel>."
msgstr "Dans la colonne <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>, cliquer <guilabel>Éditer le Volume</guilabel>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml233(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Edit Volume</guilabel> dialog box, update the name and "
"description of the image."
msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue <guilabel>Éditer le Volume</guilabel>, mise à jour du nom et de la description de l'image."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml237(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Edit Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Éditer le Volume</guibutton>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml241(para)
msgid ""
"You can extend a volume by using the <guilabel>Extend Volume</guilabel> "
"option available in the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dropdown list and "
"entering the new value for volume size."
msgstr "Vous pouvez agrandir un volume en utilisant l'option <guilabel>Étendre le Volume</guilabel> disponible dans la liste déroulante <guibutton>Plus</guibutton> et en entrant la nouvelle valeur pour la taille du volume."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml247(title)
msgid "Delete a volume"
msgstr "Supprimez un volume"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml248(para)
msgid ""
"When you delete an instance, the data in its attached volumes is not "
"destroyed."
msgstr "Quand vous détruisez une instance, les données des volumes attachés ne sont pas supprimées."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml256(para)
msgid "Select the check boxes for the volumes that you want to delete."
msgstr "Sélectionner les cases à cocher correspondant aux volumes que vous voulez supprimer."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml260(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Volumes</guibutton> and confirm your choice."
msgstr "Cliquer <guibutton>Supprimer les Volumes</guibutton> et confirmer votre choix."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"When working with images in the SDK, you will call "
"<literal>novaclient</literal> methods."
msgstr "Quand vous travaillerez avec les images du SDK, vous appellerez les méthodes <literal>novaclient</literal>."
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml12(title)
msgid "Add a keypair"
msgstr "Ajouter une paire de clés"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"To generate a keypair, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "Pour générer une paire de clés, appelez la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml23(para)
msgid "The Python script output looks something like this:"
msgstr "La sortie du script Python ressemble à ceci:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"You typically write the private key to a file to use it later. The file must"
" be readable and writeable by only the file owner; otherwise, the SSH client"
" will refuse to read the private key file. It is safest to create the file "
"with the appropriate permissions, as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml49(title)
msgid "Import a keypair"
msgstr "Importer une paire de clés"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"If you have already generated a keypair with the public key located at "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, pass the contents of the file to the"
" <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">"
" novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname> method "
"to import the public key to Compute:"
msgstr "Si vous avez déjà généré une paire de clé avec la clé publique située dans <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, passer le contenu du fichier à la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\"> novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname> pour importer la clé publique vers Compute:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml64(title)
msgid "List keypairs"
msgstr "Liste paires de clés"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"To list keypairs, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "Pour lister les paires de clés, appeler la méthode: <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list</link></methodname>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml74(para)
msgid ""
"To list security groups for the current project, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité pour le projet en cours, appeler la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list</link></methodname>: "
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"To create a security group with a specified name and description, call the "
"<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "Pour créer un groupe de sécurité avec un nom et une description spécifiés, appeler la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create</link></methodname>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a security group, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete\">"
" "
"novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete</link></methodname>"
" method, passing either a <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer"
"/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link>"
" object or group ID as an argument:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer un groupe de sécurité, appeler la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete\"> novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete</link></methodname>, en passant soit un objet <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link> ou in ID de groupe en argument:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Access the security group rules from the <literal>rules</literal> attribute "
"of a <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link>"
" object:"
msgstr "Accéder aux règles du groupe de sécurité à partir de l'attribut <literal>rules</literal> de l'objet <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link>:"
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"To add a rule, to a security group, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "Pour ajouter une règle à un groupe de sécurité, appeler la méthode <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create</link></methodname>:"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr "Olivier Buisson <olivier@obn.me>, 2012 | Cloudwatt Team <contact@cloudwatt.com>, 2013"
View Git Blame Copy Permalink